11.08.2013 Views

HON FULL LIFETIME WARRANTY - Plano Office Supply

HON FULL LIFETIME WARRANTY - Plano Office Supply

HON FULL LIFETIME WARRANTY - Plano Office Supply

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

YOUR <strong>HON</strong> <strong>FULL</strong> <strong>LIFETIME</strong> <strong>WARRANTY</strong><br />

Every time you purchase a <strong>HON</strong> product, you’re making an investment in your future.<br />

We’re proud to play a part in that future, and you can trust us to do our best for as<br />

long as you need us.<br />

The <strong>HON</strong> Full Lifetime Warranty is our assurance to you that the <strong>HON</strong> desks,<br />

workstations, seating, tables, or storage you purchase will be free from defective<br />

material or workmanship for the life of the product.<br />

In the unlikely event that any <strong>HON</strong> product or component covered by the <strong>HON</strong> Full<br />

Lifetime Warranty should fail under normal workplace use as a result of defective<br />

material or workmanship, <strong>HON</strong> promises to repair it. If we are unable to repair it, we<br />

will replace it with comparable product or, if you prefer, we will refund your purchase<br />

price.<br />

WHAT’S COVERED BY THE <strong>HON</strong> <strong>FULL</strong> <strong>LIFETIME</strong> <strong>WARRANTY</strong>?<br />

Your <strong>HON</strong> Full Lifetime Warranty applies to product manufactured after January 1,<br />

2011. All <strong>HON</strong> product lines, materials, and components are covered by your <strong>HON</strong> Full<br />

Lifetime Warranty except for the items described below.<br />

The specific product lines, materials, and components listed below are covered under<br />

<strong>HON</strong>’s Full 12-Year and Full 5-Year Warranties (from date of purchase).<br />

<strong>HON</strong>’S <strong>FULL</strong> 12-YEAR <strong>WARRANTY</strong><br />

• Electrical components (lamps and ballasts are not covered)<br />

• Seating ilira -stretch<br />

• Laminate surfaces<br />

• Seating controls<br />

• Signal seating upholstery fabric<br />

• Accessories<br />

• Wood seating<br />

• Veneer surfaces<br />

<strong>HON</strong>’S <strong>FULL</strong> 5-YEAR <strong>WARRANTY</strong><br />

• Panel and seating textiles<br />

These warranties apply to <strong>HON</strong> products sold within the United States of America,<br />

U.S. Territories, and Canada, as well as U.S. Military and Federal Agency purchases<br />

(regardless of location).<br />

<strong>HON</strong> <strong>FULL</strong> <strong>LIFETIME</strong> <strong>WARRANTY</strong><br />

IS ANYTHING NOT COVERED?<br />

There are a few exclusions to the <strong>HON</strong> Full Lifetime Warranty and to the 12 and<br />

5-year warranties. These exclusions are:<br />

• All basyx by <strong>HON</strong> products (these products are covered under a separate basyx <br />

by <strong>HON</strong> warranty).<br />

• Color-fastness or matching of colors, woodgrains, or textures occurring in wood,<br />

leather, or other materials that naturally exhibit inherent color variations.<br />

• Customer’s own materials (COM) selected by and used at the request of a user.<br />

• Modifications or attachments to the product that are not approved by The <strong>HON</strong><br />

Company and product failures resulting from such modifications or attachments.<br />

• Product normal wear and tear, which is to be expected over the course of<br />

ownership.<br />

• Products that were not installed, used, or maintained in accordance with product<br />

instructions and warnings.<br />

• Products used for rental purposes.<br />

<strong>WARRANTY</strong> REQUESTS OR QUESTIONS?<br />

Your <strong>HON</strong> dealer is our mutual partner in supporting your warranty requests. To obtain<br />

service under this warranty, please contact your <strong>HON</strong> dealer. If you are not sure who<br />

your dealer is, please call <strong>HON</strong> Customer Support at 800.833.3964.<br />

THAT’S YOUR <strong>HON</strong> <strong>FULL</strong> <strong>LIFETIME</strong> <strong>WARRANTY</strong>. AS AN OWNER OF <strong>HON</strong> PRODUCT,<br />

THE <strong>WARRANTY</strong> EXPLAINED HERE IS YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. THERE<br />

ARE SOME EXCEPTIONS IF YOU PURCHASED THE PRODUCT FOR HOME OR PERSONAL<br />

USE WHICH ARE EXPLAINED BELOW. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE <strong>HON</strong><br />

COMPANY MAKES NO OTHER <strong>WARRANTY</strong>, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,<br />

INCLUDING ANY <strong>WARRANTY</strong> OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR<br />

PURPOSE. THE <strong>HON</strong> COMPANY WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR<br />

INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.<br />

A WORD ABOUT PURCHASES FOR HOME OR PERSONAL USE<br />

Please note, this section only applies if you purchased your <strong>HON</strong> product for your<br />

home or for your own personal or family use. <strong>HON</strong>’s warranties give you specific legal<br />

rights and you may have other rights, which vary from state to state. As a consumer<br />

purchaser, the complete exclusion of implied warranties noted in the above paragraph<br />

does not apply to you, however, to the extent allowed by applicable state law, the<br />

implied warranties are limited to the applicable term of the warranty. Some states do<br />

not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the<br />

above exclusion or limitation may not apply to you.


➤ Software support packages<br />

furnished to the customer, either by<br />

The <strong>HON</strong> Company or by another<br />

source, which support the sale of<br />

<strong>HON</strong> products are superseded by<br />

printed pricelists.<br />

TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />

➤ All dimensions shown in this<br />

publication are nominal.<br />

➤ All illustrations and specifications in<br />

this publication are based on the<br />

latest product information available<br />

at the time of print.<br />

Table of Contents. .............................................1<br />

Tailored Solutions Ordering Information .............................2<br />

Graded-In Fabric Information / Phone/Fax Numbers / GSA Contract<br />

Information ................................................3<br />

Legend / Environmental Statement ................................4<br />

Design Solutions Information .....................................5<br />

FRAME & TILE<br />

Ordering Information. .........................................6-7<br />

Working with Frames ........................................8-15<br />

Frames ..................................................16-17<br />

Stiffener Supports ............................................17<br />

Door Panel. .................................................18<br />

Sliding Door. ................................................19<br />

Connectors / Finished Ends / Wall Starter Kits ....................20-22<br />

Fabric Tiles ...............................................24-25<br />

Power/Data Tiles ..........................................26-27<br />

Hard-surface Tiles ............................................28<br />

Glass Tiles ...............................................30-31<br />

Pass-thru Tiles ...............................................32<br />

Slotted Tool Tiles / Systems Paper Management Support Bar ...........34<br />

Systems Paper Management Accessories. ..........................35<br />

SecureFit Tiles ...............................................36<br />

SecureFit Accessories .........................................37<br />

Markerboard Tiles ............................................38<br />

Painted Metal Tiles ...........................................39<br />

Plains Tiles .................................................40<br />

Custom Mounting Brackets .....................................41<br />

Electrical Specifying ........................................42-50<br />

Electrical Components. ......................................51-53<br />

WORKSURFACES<br />

Worksurface Specifying. .....................................54-55<br />

Primary Worksurfaces .........................................56<br />

Primary Scalloped Worksurfaces .................................57<br />

Rudder Worksurfaces. .........................................58<br />

Rudder Scalloped Worksurfaces ..................................59<br />

Saddle Worksurfaces ..........................................60<br />

Saddle Scalloped Worksurfaces ..................................61<br />

Wedge Worksurfaces. .........................................62<br />

Wedge Scalloped Worksurfaces. .................................63<br />

Wave Worksurfaces. ..........................................64<br />

Wave Scalloped Worksurfaces. ..................................65<br />

Corner Worksurfaces. .......................................66-67<br />

Corner Scalloped Worksurfaces. ...............................68-69<br />

120 Degree Corner Worksurfaces. ................................70<br />

120 Degree Corner Scalloped Worksurfaces. ........................71<br />

Split Top Worksurfaces ........................................72<br />

Corner Cove Worksurfaces ......................................74<br />

Corner Cove Scalloped Worksurfaces ..............................75<br />

Jetty / Peninsula Worksurfaces ..................................76<br />

Jetty / Peninsula Scalloped Worksurfaces ..........................77<br />

Half Round Worksurfaces. ......................................78<br />

Quarter Round Worksurfaces ....................................78<br />

60 Wedge Worksurfaces. ......................................78<br />

2011. The <strong>HON</strong> Company and Abound are all registered trademarks of <strong>HON</strong> or its affiliates.<br />

Abound PRICER — Effective Date: September 1, 2011<br />

➤ Pricing is subject to change without<br />

notice.<br />

➤ All orders are subject to prices in<br />

effect at the time of order.<br />

➤ Ordering information can be found ➤ <strong>HON</strong> Limited Warranty applies<br />

on page 6, with specifying<br />

unless otherwise noted.<br />

information located at the bottom of ➤ <strong>HON</strong> Customer Service: Abound<br />

each page.<br />

CS Phone: (866) 524-5882<br />

Nationwide<br />

CS Phone: (800) 833-3964<br />

Nationwide<br />

CS Fax: (800) 328-7257<br />

Worksurface Supports. ......................................79-80<br />

Straight and Corner Countertops ...............................81-82<br />

Corner Shelves. ..............................................83<br />

OVERHEAD STORAGE<br />

Overheads Specifying .......................................84-85<br />

Overheads and Shelves ........................................86<br />

Overhead Storage / Laminate Front Overhead Storage .................87<br />

Overhead / Shelf Accessories ...................................88<br />

Accessories. ..............................................89-90<br />

Monitor Arm ................................................91<br />

Keyboards. ...............................................91-93<br />

Index. ...................................................94-96<br />

Sold through<br />

Abound Select Dealers<br />

only.<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 1


Tailored Solutions Ordering Information<br />

Custom Warranty Exclusion<br />

If the Company agrees to use the Tailored Fabrics (COM) on <strong>HON</strong> brand products, or, build<br />

a custom product:<br />

• The Company shall have no responsibility for the condition, quality, value, performance,<br />

physical properties, or any other aspect of the Tailored Fabrics (COM).<br />

• The Company shall have no liability for any damages, injuries, or losses to the<br />

customer or to any third party that shall be caused by any Tailored Fabrics (COM), and<br />

the customer shall hold the Company harmless for all liability.<br />

Tailored Fabrics (COM) Policy Information<br />

The <strong>HON</strong> Company assumes no responsibility for the overall appearance, flammability,<br />

normal durability, colorfastness or any other quality of the Tailored Fabric (COM) after its<br />

application on a <strong>HON</strong> product beyond normal quality standards. The <strong>HON</strong> Company<br />

reserves the right to reject a Tailored Fabric (COM) if the quality of the Tailored Fabric<br />

(COM) is not satisfactory for the product. Should this occur, the customer will be notified<br />

with an explanation of the problem. For complete Tailored Fabric (COM) warranty<br />

information, refer to the Terms and Conditions in the pricer.<br />

Tailored Fabrics (COM) Manufacturing Feasibility<br />

Purchase orders will not be accepted or entered unless Manufacturing Feasibility testing<br />

is complete with positive results.<br />

If all testing has been previously completed, re-testing is not necessary unless maximum<br />

size of items has increased, fabric is to be used on a different model, or direction has<br />

changed from that previously approved. Contact Customer Service to obtain information on<br />

previous test results.<br />

If the Tailored Fabric (COM) has not been tested and approved, the dealer must supply the<br />

following:<br />

• A completed Tailored Fabric request.<br />

• A sample of the Tailored Fabric (COM) for manufacturing feasibility. Tailored Fabric<br />

(COM) samples sent directly from the supplier must be tagged with “Customer Service<br />

Tailored Fabric (COM) Expediter” and the <strong>HON</strong> dealer or specifier’s name (whichever is<br />

applicable) and the verbiage “for testing”.<br />

The completed Tailored Fabric request and Tailored Fabric (COM) testing sample MUST BE<br />

submitted to the Customer Service Tailored Fabric (COM) Expediter for processing.<br />

Tailored Fabric (COM) Samples without an accompanying completed Tailored<br />

Fabric request will not be accepted.<br />

Tailored Fabric (COM) Data Sheet must specify whether the fabric is to be<br />

railroaded or pattern cut. Fabric will be applied pattern cut when not specified.<br />

• Material Requirements for Testing:<br />

Testing material required to determine manufacturing feasibility:<br />

Systems Product:<br />

Please specify whether the yardage sent in is for test on panel, flipper door, tackboard,<br />

etc.<br />

Panel...............................................................................................................3.0 yards<br />

Tackboard .......................................................................................................1.5 yards<br />

Seating Product:<br />

Each Model and Color .....................................................................................0.5 yard<br />

Note: All fabric for testing sent direct from supplier must be tagged with the<br />

dealership’s or specifier’s name (whichever is applicable) and sent to the attention of the<br />

Customer Service Tailored Fabric (COM) Expediter — “Tailored Fabric (COM) Test.”<br />

Untagged fabrics will be rejected. No samples will be returned. Do not send in<br />

more material than is required for testing.<br />

• Testing Time Requirements:<br />

Wood Seating and Systems product testing requires 7 working days (includes<br />

testing for panels, tackboards, and overhead storage cabinets).<br />

Steel Seating product testing requires 7 working days.<br />

Testing Requirements for Flame Retardant Construction<br />

The customer is responsible for ensuring that the Tailored (COM) fabric is certified to meet<br />

all flame retardant requirements. For Tailored (COM) seating fabric needing the CAL133<br />

Burn Test, there is a $500 test cost. The fabric must be furnished by the Dealer and the<br />

chair must be purchased from The <strong>HON</strong> Company at Grade III cost, but any Tailored Fabric<br />

(COM) upcharge will be waived for the purpose of test. Credit will not be issued for the<br />

test chair. All other Tailored (COM) seating fabric must meet a minimum of CAL117<br />

requirements.<br />

When the testing has been completed, the <strong>HON</strong> dealer will be notified by Customer<br />

Service of the test results. An approved Tailored Fabric (COM) will be assigned an<br />

approval tracking number and a Tailored Fabric (COM) Special ID (SID) along with the<br />

producing location’s address.<br />

Tailored Fabric (COM) Lead Time<br />

Ship dates will be based on fabric receipt and The <strong>HON</strong> Company product standard lead<br />

time at time of actual entry of order. All fabric must be properly tagged and shipped to the<br />

appropriate location. Production schedules will not be finalized until fabric yardage for<br />

manufacturing is received.<br />

Tailored Fabric (COM) Ordering Information / Shipping Information<br />

Before ordering the Tailored Fabric (COM) from a supplier, the customer must contact<br />

Customer Service to determine if the Tailored Fabric (COM) has been tested/approved for<br />

use on <strong>HON</strong> Systems or Seating product. Systems and Seating product must be approved<br />

for each model and color. ORDERS INCLUDING TAILORED FABRIC (COM) THAT HAVE<br />

NOT BEEN PRE-APPROVED WILL BE CANCELLED IF APPROPRIATE INFORMATION<br />

IS NOT RECEIVED IN 30 DAYS.<br />

If the Tailored Fabric (COM) is approved for use, a tracking approval number and Tailored<br />

Fabric (COM) identification will be provided by Customer Service. These numbers must<br />

appear on all purchase orders using the Tailored Fabric (COM). If the dealer or specifier is<br />

ordering the Tailored Fabric (COM), the tracking approval number and Tailored Fabric<br />

(COM) SID must be included on the packing list prior to The <strong>HON</strong> Company receiving the<br />

Tailored Fabric (COM).<br />

The Company will make every effort to locate mis-directed Tailored Fabric (COM) fabric<br />

shipments on behalf of the customer. However, the Company will not be responsible for<br />

any Tailored Fabric (COM) fabric received without a tracking number or incorrectly shipped<br />

by the fabric vendor to an incorrect <strong>HON</strong> Company facility.<br />

Tailored Fabric (COM) Ordering / Shipping Requirements<br />

• Yardage requirements for manufacturing:<br />

– To determine yardage for Tailored Fabric (COM) product, refer to the list pricer current<br />

at time of order entry for yardage tables. Patterned fabrics may not necessarily<br />

comply with the yardage tables. Once fabric has been tested contact the Customer<br />

Service Department to determine actual yardage required. The <strong>HON</strong> Company bears<br />

no responsibility for the cost of any additional yardage required. All fabrics are<br />

inspected for flaws and adequate yardage; however, The <strong>HON</strong> Company cannot be<br />

responsible for defects, color inaccuracies or other flaws should they occur.<br />

Customers are notified of any defects or shortages. Excess yardage will be<br />

disposed.<br />

• Customer purchases and supplies the Tailored Fabric (COM) fabric.<br />

• Product is priced at Price Code III and incurs a 10% list upcharge (all<br />

standard discounts/competitive project pricing applies) per Tailored Fabric<br />

(COM) (each pattern) per order.<br />

• The following information must appear on or accompany the product purchase order:<br />

– Approval tracking number and customer’s purchase order number<br />

– Tailored Fabric (COM) supplier, pattern and color name/number<br />

– Who is ordering the Tailored Fabric (COM) for manufacturing<br />

• The packing list for the Tailored Fabric (COM) must include the following information<br />

when <strong>HON</strong> receives the shipment for production:<br />

– <strong>HON</strong> dealer name<br />

– Purchase order number submitted to The <strong>HON</strong> Company<br />

– Fabric name<br />

– Yardage shipped<br />

– Approval tracking number<br />

PRODUCT RECEIVED WITHOUT THIS INFORMATION WILL NOT BE<br />

ACCEPTED. CONTACT COM EXPEDITER FOR COM SHIPPING<br />

INSTRUCTIONS.<br />

2 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Select Textiles<br />

Select Textiles is the result of The <strong>HON</strong> Company’s partnership with textile<br />

industry leaders CF Stinson, Maharam, Momentum and Ultrafabrics, LLC.<br />

The extensive collection of design-driven upholstery fabrics create a<br />

superior offering at a great value. Select Textiles significantly updates<br />

<strong>HON</strong>’s offering, expanding it with fresh and exciting fabrics.<br />

• Fabric Warranty: Select Textiles are covered by <strong>HON</strong>’s Limited Lifetime<br />

Warranty.<br />

• Lead-times: Orders specified with Select Textiles will be acknowledged<br />

based on standard <strong>HON</strong> product lead times.<br />

• Availability: <strong>HON</strong> will regularly introduce new Select Textiles and<br />

reserves the right to change the offering at any time.<br />

• Fabric Samples: Select Textiles are carded jointly by <strong>HON</strong> and the<br />

supplier.<br />

• Fabric Memo Samples: Please contact the supplier directly for memo<br />

samples:<br />

CF Stinson: (800) 841-6279<br />

Maharam: (800) 645-3943<br />

Momentum: (800) 366-6839<br />

Ultrafabrics: (877) 309-6648<br />

• Find fabric designators and series availability on pages 472-475,<br />

482-483 and 506-507 of the September 2011 <strong>HON</strong> List Pricer.<br />

Abound Specialist Customer Service Phone – (866) 524-5882<br />

Nationwide CS Phone – (800) 833-3964<br />

Nationwide END USER Parts Phone – (800) 336-8398<br />

Nationwide Parts Fax – (800) 328-7257<br />

Nationwide Order Entry Fax – (800) 344-9270<br />

<strong>HON</strong> EDI CS Phone – (800) 508-6524<br />

<strong>HON</strong> Literature Fulfillment Phone – (800) 466-4808<br />

<strong>HON</strong> Literature Fulfillment Fax – (800) 466-1865<br />

DASH (to report no-call/no-show deliveries) – (800) 334-8057<br />

Government CS Phone – (800) 466-8694<br />

Government CS Fax – (800) 833-3902<br />

Education Phone – (800) 272-2380<br />

Integrated Design Solutions – (800) 433-7264<br />

Smart Textiles<br />

Graded-In Fabric Information<br />

<strong>HON</strong> also offers its products in pre-approved fabrics from CF Stinson,<br />

Maharam, Momentum and Ultrafabrics, LLC. Simple to specify, these<br />

fabrics have been tested to <strong>HON</strong>’s Tailored Fabrics (COM) criteria for<br />

manufacturing feasibility. Each Smart Textile has been given a <strong>HON</strong> fabric<br />

designator and grade to make the ordering process convenient. You select<br />

the fabric and <strong>HON</strong> delivers a hassle-free experience. For a complete<br />

listing, please visit <strong>HON</strong>SmartTextiles.com.<br />

• Fabric Warranty: Smart Textiles are non-standard materials and are<br />

considered Tailored Fabrics (COM). Tailored Fabrics (COM) selected by<br />

and used at the request of a user are not warranted.<br />

• Lead-times: Orders specified with Smart Textiles will be acknowledged<br />

based on the fabric supplier’s delivery schedule.<br />

• Availability: Maharam and Momentum reserve the right to discontinue<br />

patterns and colors from this program.<br />

• Fabric Memo Samples: Please contact the supplier directly:<br />

CF Stinson: (800) 841-6279<br />

Maharam: (800) 645-3943<br />

Momentum: (800) 366-6839<br />

Ultrafabrics: (877) 309-6648<br />

<strong>HON</strong> Customer Service Phone/Fax Numbers<br />

GSA Contract Information<br />

Model numbers identified with the verbiage “Open Market” are not offered on <strong>HON</strong>’s GSA contract GS-27F-0015S. Model numbers<br />

identified with the following verbiage “Must be purchased with a configurable end product. If ordered separately, not on GSA contract” is to<br />

mean that these configurable components or options:<br />

• Have no functionality or capability without being integrated into an end product, and<br />

• Are not separately orderable; an eligible Schedule ordering activity may only purchase them with a configured system that is on contract.<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 3


Legend<br />

The following icons are used throughout this publication.<br />

Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA and ISTA performance standards.<br />

<strong>HON</strong> “One Key” Interchangeable core removable locks.<br />

Refer to page 601 of the July 2010 <strong>HON</strong> List Pricer.<br />

Caution<br />

Easy to assemble.<br />

s Shippable by small-package carrier.<br />

Omit core removable lock option available. Allows keyed-alike<br />

workstations. Refer to page 89.<br />

Industry terms:<br />

ISTA — International Safe Transit Association<br />

BIFMA — Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer’s Association<br />

ANSI — American National Standards Institute<br />

Environmental Statement<br />

<br />

Fire Code<br />

Core Product Line<br />

D Product scheduled for discontinuation.<br />

Open<br />

Fabric/upholstery/surface material de-emphasized, effective date as noted.<br />

Not carded. View online at honready.hon.com.<br />

Market Indicates product that is not included on GSA contracts.<br />

CLEARING THE AIR.<br />

In 2006, The <strong>HON</strong> Company became the world’s first office furniture manufacturer to have products certified by the Indoor Advantage Program. Virtually all<br />

manufactured products emit chemical compounds into the air. Indoor Advantage evaluates these compounds to help improve the air quality within enclosed<br />

indoor environments.<br />

Developed by Scientific Certification Systems (SCS), Indoor Advantage subjects products to specific indoor air quality standards. Further, Indoor Advantage<br />

tests individual components as well as overall assemblies, and provides detailed analysis of a comprehensive range of all chemicals rather than simple<br />

pass/fail for only the most common. This enables us to help our suppliers reduce the environmental impact of their products and processes, too.<br />

SCS offers two levels of certification:<br />

Indoor Advantage certifies conformance with LEED-CI criteria for EQ4-5, as well as BIFMA X7.1 Low-Emitting<br />

Furniture and Seating.<br />

Indoor Advantage Gold certifies additional conformance with California 01350 Special Environmental<br />

Requirements and Collaborative for High Performance Schools (CHPS).<br />

On the level<br />

level, the BIFMA e3 sustainability standard, was developed in response to the increasing demand for proof that manufacturers are living up to their<br />

environmental claims. level Certification is based on four sustainability attributes: Materials, Energy and Atmosphere, Human and Ecosystem Health, and<br />

Social Responsibility.<br />

The <strong>HON</strong> Company has received level 2 certification for 58 product lines. That means more than 80 percent of our product volume has<br />

earned this important certification.<br />

The level certification is a multi-attribute certification label for products that have met<br />

environmental, social and quality standards.<br />

Laminate Casegoods and Systems are certified as a typical workstation. Individual models contribute to the overall workstation certification.<br />

Products that meet these specifications are identified throughout this publication with the following icons:<br />

Certified SCS Indoor Certified SCS Indoor Complies to the BIFMA e3 Complies to the BIFMA e3<br />

Advantage See page 4. Advantage Gold See page 4. Sustainability Standard. Sustainability Standard.<br />

See page 4. at the specified rating. See<br />

page 4.<br />

4 Abound Pricer 9/2011


<strong>HON</strong> Integrated Design Solutions<br />

Need design assistance? We can help!<br />

Our expert design staff will create a professional design package<br />

that is sure to put you one step ahead of the competition. And the<br />

best part is it’s free*!<br />

Audit<br />

We will check your drawing and parts list for accuracy. We verify<br />

quantity, specification accuracy, product compatibility and structural<br />

support.<br />

Furniture Plan & Specification Package<br />

We will provide a professional design package including a CAD<br />

furniture plan, 3-D line drawing and complete parts list based on<br />

the rough sketch and work order forms you supply.<br />

Value Engineering<br />

We will optimize workstation layouts and propose potential cost<br />

saving measures to help your customer save money and make you<br />

more competitive and profitable.<br />

Photo-Realistic Rendering<br />

We will create a photo realistic of your furniture plan to help your<br />

customer visualize what their desired office space will look like.<br />

*Space Planning — Chargeable Service<br />

Let our team do the creative work for you. Our low rates and expert<br />

staff will create a furniture layout and design that best suits your<br />

customer.<br />

Submit your request on the <strong>HON</strong> Ready Portal at<br />

honready.hon.com, Integrated Design Solutions<br />

Turn Around Time<br />

1-3 business days depending on complexity and size of your project.<br />

Contact Us<br />

Phone: 800.433.7264<br />

E-Mail: integrateddesign@honcompany.com<br />

Design Solutions Information<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 5


➤ LAMINATE TOPS<br />

SPECIFY: Model Number.<br />

Laminate<br />

Edge Color<br />

Grommet Color<br />

Cantilever Option<br />

Paint Color<br />

EXAMPLE: HWR2424P.K8.R.T5.C.T5<br />

Finishes Availability<br />

Core<br />

Wood<br />

Grain<br />

Solid<br />

Patterned<br />

Core<br />

Metallic<br />

Abound Ordering Information<br />

➤ PAINTED PRODUCTS<br />

SPECIFY: Model Number.<br />

Paint Color<br />

EXAMPLE: HRVSHV24.T1<br />

➤ PANEL FRAMES<br />

SPECIFY: Model Number.<br />

Paint<br />

EXAMPLE: HRVF3524.T3<br />

Frames and Trim <br />

Hard-Surface Tile <br />

Slotted, Painted Metal and SecureFit<br />

Tiles, Markerboard, Custom Bracket <br />

Kit and Paper Management<br />

➤ VICINITY OVERHEADS<br />

used on Abound<br />

SPECIFY: Model Number.<br />

Lock Option<br />

Paint Color<br />

EXAMPLE: HRVOHV24HMA.L.T3<br />

Door Panel <br />

Worksurfaces, Countertops and<br />

Corner Shelves with T-Mold <br />

Worksurfaces, Countertops<br />

and Corner Shelves with <br />

Edgeband<br />

LAMINATES CODES<br />

Bourbon Cherry H • • • • • •<br />

Columbian Walnut Z • • • • • •<br />

Harvest C • • • • • •<br />

Henna Cherry J • • • • • •<br />

Mahogany N • • • • • •<br />

Natural Maple D • • • • • •<br />

Shaker Cherry F • • • • • •<br />

Harbor Teak HART • • • • •<br />

Brilliant White WHIT • • • • •<br />

Shadow SHDW • • • • •<br />

Whitestone K4 • • • • •<br />

Carbon Mesh A7 • • • • • •<br />

Sheer Mesh A5 • • • • • •<br />

Silver Mesh B9 • • • • • •<br />

Steel Mesh A9 • • • • • •<br />

Taupe Mesh A8 • • • • • •<br />

Canyon Zephyr K9 • • • • •<br />

Cloud Zephyr K7 • • • • •<br />

Desert Zephyr K8 • • • • •<br />

Morro Zephyr L9 • • • • •<br />

Shadow Zephyr K1 • • • • •<br />

Gray G2 • • • • •<br />

Grey Tigris L6 • • • • •<br />

White G1 • • • • •<br />

PAINTS / GROMMETS CODES<br />

Black P • • • • • • • •<br />

Carob T8 • • • • • • • •<br />

Charcoal S • • • • • • • • •<br />

Greige T5 • • • • • • • • •<br />

Light Gray Q • • • • • • • •<br />

Loft LOFT • • • • • • • •<br />

Muslin T3 • • • • • • • • •<br />

Putty L • • • • • • • •<br />

Shadow SHDW • • • • • • • •<br />

Taupe E • • • • • • • •<br />

Brilliant White WHIT • • • • • • • •<br />

Champagne Metallic T4 • • • • • • • •<br />

Platinum Metallic T1 • • • • • • • • •<br />

T-MOLD CODES<br />

Black P •<br />

Brilliant White WHIT •<br />

Carob G •<br />

Champagne NEW! 9/1/2011 T4 •<br />

Charcoal S •<br />

Greige R •<br />

Light Gray Q •<br />

Loft LOFT •<br />

Muslin T •<br />

Platinum K •<br />

Putty L •<br />

Shadow SHDW •<br />

Taupe E •<br />

EDGEBAND CODES<br />

Black P •<br />

Brilliant White WHIT •<br />

Carob G •<br />

Champagne NEW! 9/1/2011 T4 •<br />

Charcoal S •<br />

Greige R •<br />

Light Gray Q •<br />

Loft LOFT •<br />

Muslin T •<br />

Platinum K •<br />

Putty L •<br />

Shadow SHDW •<br />

Taupe E •<br />

Bourbon Cherry H •<br />

Columbian Walnut Z •<br />

Harbor Teak HART •<br />

Harvest C •<br />

Henna Cherry J •<br />

Mahogany N •<br />

Natural Maple D •<br />

Shaker Cherry F •<br />

Icon Legend on page 4 De-emphasized 12/31/2011.<br />

Worksurface Supports <br />

Duplex Receptacles and<br />

Ported Tile Grommets <br />

Abound Overheads<br />

and Shelves <br />

Vicinity Overheads<br />

for Abound <br />

Laminate Keyboard Platforms <br />

Metal Keyboard Platforms <br />

Suffix “A”<br />

Satin Chrome<br />

Arch Pull<br />

Edge Treatments<br />

”T” Thin T-Mold ”P” Edgeband<br />

(Color must be selected.)<br />

➤ HOW TO ORDER<br />

1) Select desired model numbers.<br />

2) Order worksurfaces to correspond to width of<br />

panel behind them.<br />

3) Select desired top edge treatment.<br />

4) Replace the (?) after each model number with<br />

the suffix representing the chosen top edge<br />

treatment.<br />

Touch-up paint model PMARKER available in<br />

E, L, P, Q, S, T3, T5 and T8 paint. Model<br />

HPKT001 available in E, L, P, Q, S, T3, T5 and<br />

T8 paint. Use Paint codes for grommet colors.<br />

• For Champagne Metallic Paint, Greige is<br />

suggested for the duplex color.<br />

• For Putty and Taupe paint colors, Greige is the<br />

suggested duplex color.<br />

• For Black and Carob paint colors, Charcoal is<br />

the suggested duplex color.<br />

• For Light Gray paint, Platinum Metallic is the<br />

suggested duplex color.<br />

6 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ FOR TILES<br />

SPECIFY: Model Number<br />

Fabric Style.<br />

Fabric Color<br />

EXAMPLE: HRVT1524T.CE18<br />

PRICE CODE II PRICE CODE III<br />

Daybreak*<br />

Ecru ...................................................DB30<br />

Goldenrod .........................................DB80<br />

Metal ................................................DB40<br />

Sand .................................................DB15<br />

Silver ................................................DB60<br />

Smoke ...............................................DB25<br />

Stone ................................................DB70<br />

Element*<br />

Flint ..................................................GN65<br />

Indigo ...............................................GN67<br />

Latte .................................................GN73<br />

Millet ...............................................GN72<br />

Parchment ........................................GN53<br />

Sea ...................................................GN74<br />

Veil ...................................................GN13<br />

Warm Beige .....................................GN55<br />

Wisp .................................................GN75<br />

PRICE CODE IV<br />

Asana* De-emphasized 12/31/2011.<br />

100% Eco-Intelligent polyester<br />

Bhakti ...............................................AS38<br />

Chakra ..............................................AS14<br />

Dharma .............................................AS68<br />

Harmony ...........................................AS21<br />

Lotus .................................................AS65<br />

Lucid .................................................AS45<br />

Raja ..................................................AS40<br />

City Lights*<br />

Terratex , 100% recycled polyester<br />

(Not available on Flipper Doors.)<br />

Anthracite .........................................CY10<br />

Dove ..................................................CY20<br />

Dusk ..................................................CY30<br />

Olivine ...............................................CY40<br />

Sand ..................................................CY50<br />

Snowdrop .........................................CY60<br />

Wheat ...............................................CY70<br />

PLAINS TILES — Colored, polymer tiles<br />

Frost ...................................................PL01<br />

Sunrise ..............................................PL02<br />

* Directional fabrics<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

➤ 6 x6 fabric samples are recommended<br />

to determine color and pattern on panels.<br />

➤ Additional fabrics are available through<br />

Smart Textiles,<br />

www.<strong>HON</strong>SmartTextiles.com.<br />

Appoint<br />

Artichoke ..........................................PN11<br />

Chai ...................................................PN12<br />

Copper ..............................................PN18<br />

Dark Pewter .....................................PN17<br />

Dune .................................................PN15<br />

Hummus ...........................................PN14<br />

Morel ................................................PN09<br />

Nimbus .............................................PN16<br />

Turmeric ............................................PN10<br />

Walnut ..............................................PN13<br />

Arch*<br />

Frost ..................................................AR04<br />

Glacier ..............................................AR05<br />

Macadamia ......................................AR01<br />

Shitake .............................................AR02<br />

Walnut ..............................................AR03<br />

Celestial*<br />

Alumina .............................................CE18<br />

Linen ..................................................CE28<br />

Obelisk ..............................................CE22<br />

Stargaze ............................................CE21<br />

Woodsmoke ......................................CE26<br />

Zephr .................................................CE14<br />

Glow*<br />

Champagne .....................................GW10<br />

Chrome ............................................GW02<br />

Etched Bronze .................................GW01<br />

Olivine .............................................GW05<br />

Pyrite ...............................................GW04<br />

Stainless Steel ...............................GW03<br />

Zinc .................................................GW09<br />

Twigs* Discontinued 12/31/2011.<br />

100% recycled polyester<br />

Buckeye ...........................................TW68<br />

Hawthorne .......................................TW38<br />

Juniper ............................................TW45<br />

Magnolia .........................................TW21<br />

Sassafras .........................................TW40<br />

Sycamore .........................................TW14<br />

Abound Panel Fabrics...Ordering Codes<br />

Lucy*<br />

Cornsilk .............................................LC30<br />

Dusk ..................................................LC22<br />

Jade ...................................................LC31<br />

Limeade .............................................LC21<br />

Mist ...................................................LC20<br />

Neutra ...............................................LC24<br />

Snowdrop ..........................................LC28<br />

Thyme ................................................LC29<br />

Poodle* De-emphasized 12/31/2011.<br />

Beige .................................................PD10<br />

Flint ...................................................PD20<br />

Frost ..................................................PD30<br />

Graphite ............................................PD40<br />

Gravel ...............................................PD50<br />

Seaspray ...........................................PD60<br />

Winter ...............................................PD70<br />

Refuge<br />

Artesian .............................................RF96<br />

Dune ..................................................RF92<br />

Frost ..................................................RF93<br />

Hemp .................................................RF97<br />

Mineral ..............................................RF98<br />

Sandbar .............................................RF95<br />

Tidal ...................................................RF94<br />

Twilight*<br />

100% recycled polyester<br />

(Not available on Flipper Doors.)<br />

Crème .................................................TI01<br />

Dune ...................................................TI02<br />

Ethereal ..............................................TI06<br />

Harvest ...............................................TI05<br />

Haze ....................................................TI03<br />

Mineral ...............................................TI07<br />

Mushroom ..........................................TI04<br />

Olivine ................................................TI08<br />

Abound Ordering Information<br />

For Tailored Fabrics (COM), see page 2.<br />

Stratford De-emphasized 12/31/2011.<br />

Blue Neutral .....................................VV01<br />

Cherry Neutral ..................................VV99<br />

Green Neutral ...................................VV02<br />

Quartz ...............................................VVN3<br />

Silver Neutral ...................................VV06<br />

Wedgewood .....................................VV50<br />

Tango<br />

Aficionado .........................................TA94<br />

Azul ...................................................TA93<br />

Bongo ................................................TA31<br />

Dip .....................................................TA35<br />

Palma ................................................TA91<br />

Pecan ................................................TA39<br />

Pistachio ...........................................TA38<br />

Playa .................................................TA33<br />

Salsa .................................................TA37<br />

Sol .....................................................TA92<br />

Tequila ...............................................TA30<br />

Tempest* NEW! Effective 9/1/2011<br />

(Not available on Flipper Doors.)<br />

Dragonfly ...........................................TP30<br />

Frost ..................................................TP15<br />

Full Stream ........................................TP80<br />

Ginger .................................................TP25<br />

Goldrush .............................................TP10<br />

Sandstorm ..........................................TP50<br />

Tumbleweed .......................................TP70<br />

Wind Chill ..........................................TP40<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 7


Panel Frame<br />

35H Frame 42H Frame 50H Frame 65H Frame<br />

35”H<br />

42”H<br />

50”H<br />

65”H<br />

24”W<br />

Stacking Frames<br />

15H Stacking 30H Stacking<br />

15”H<br />

30”H<br />

Abound Frames Overview<br />

30”W 36”W 42”W 48”W 60”W<br />

24”W 30”W 36”W 42”W 48”W 60”W<br />

8 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Metal top caps are included<br />

with each frame.<br />

Beltline cutouts provide<br />

horizontal cable routing for<br />

power and data access above<br />

the worksurface.<br />

Steel horizontal members<br />

have vertical cable and<br />

electrical routing capacity.<br />

Lay-in baserail pathway<br />

facilitates easy installation<br />

of voice, power and data<br />

while providing significant<br />

cabling capacity.<br />

Leveling glides provide 2 3 ⁄4”<br />

of adjustment and are<br />

easily accessed from<br />

inside the frame.<br />

Construction<br />

and Features<br />

Specifications—formed, steel<br />

vertical members, with tubular<br />

steel horizontal members are<br />

welded into a sturdy, structural<br />

panel frame. Panel frames are<br />

shipped with top cap and base<br />

pathway covers installed.<br />

Tiles and Segment Bars are<br />

ordered separately.<br />

Tiles ordered separately<br />

Additional design and specification information available at hon.com.<br />

Lay-in top pathway<br />

provides additional cable<br />

capacity and provides<br />

separation of power and<br />

data.<br />

Panels: (Frames and Tiles)<br />

are 3” thick, nominally;<br />

actual dimension is 2 5 ⁄8”<br />

thick. (Use 2 3 ⁄4” to calculate<br />

intersections in length of<br />

panel runs.)<br />

Stacking frames in 15” and<br />

30” heights provide<br />

additional configuration<br />

flexibility while still<br />

supporting overheads and<br />

shelves.<br />

Frames available in<br />

35”, 42”, 50” and 65”<br />

heights, and are stackable<br />

up to 110” high.<br />

Steel baserail covers are<br />

installed on each frame<br />

and include knockouts for<br />

duplex receptacles/data<br />

faceplates.<br />

Abound Frames Overview<br />

Top caps are provided with nonstacking<br />

panel frames. When adding<br />

the stacking frame remove the top<br />

cap from the standard frame, and<br />

install it on the top of the stacker.<br />

Stacking connection provides a<br />

solid metal-to-metal connection,<br />

allowing the stacking frame to accept<br />

hang-on components, per<br />

configuration guidelines.<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 9


Abound Frames Overview<br />

Frame Dimensions (Actual)<br />

Depth: 2 5 ⁄ 8 (use 2 3 ⁄ 4 to calculate intersections in length of panel run)<br />

Widths: 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 60<br />

Heights*: Painted trim: 34 1 ⁄ 2, 42, 49 1 ⁄ 2, 64 1 ⁄ 2<br />

Stacking Frames: 15H, 30H<br />

Leveling Glides: 2 3 ⁄ 4 range<br />

*with levelers fully retracted<br />

Stacking frames can<br />

be added to the top of<br />

any 35H, 50H or<br />

65H frame. Adding<br />

stacking frames to<br />

42H frames is not<br />

recommended due to<br />

inconsistencies in<br />

segmentation. 15H<br />

and 30H stacking<br />

frames can be used to<br />

add up to 45 of<br />

additional height to a<br />

standard frame. Do<br />

not combine differing<br />

frame widths in a single stack.<br />

80”H<br />

95”H<br />

110”H<br />

35”H 50”H 65”H<br />

NOTE: Do not stack on 42H frames because of stack up/ segmentation<br />

mismatch. 42H frames can only be used with monolithic tiles.<br />

Building horizontally with Abound frames<br />

Important planning guidelines: For adequate stability, one of two<br />

methods of stabilization must be adhered to:<br />

Two Return Panels<br />

Parent Run<br />

48" min./144" max.<br />

Two Return Panels<br />

Method 1—Opposing returns:<br />

A parent run must be a minimum<br />

of 48 and a maximum of 144<br />

between return panels. The<br />

parent run must have a minimum<br />

of two return panels running in<br />

opposing directions on each end<br />

of run.<br />

Parent Run<br />

48" min/144" max.<br />

Two Return Panels<br />

60" Min. Combined Length<br />

Return Panels must have<br />

combined length 60% of parent run<br />

Method 2—Single-sided<br />

returns: A parent run must be a<br />

minimum of 48 and a maximum<br />

of 144 between return panels.<br />

The parent run must have a<br />

minimum of two return panels<br />

totaling at least 60% of its length,<br />

extending in one direction. Return<br />

panels must not be any more than<br />

30 shorter in height than parent<br />

run. When using 120 connections,<br />

12 must be added to length of<br />

return panels as determined by<br />

methods 1 and 2. Any run under<br />

100 must have a minimum<br />

combined length of 60 of return<br />

panels.<br />

10 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Intersecting connections<br />

“L” 90-Degree<br />

“Y2” 2-Way<br />

“Y3” 120" 3-Way<br />

“T” 3-Way<br />

“Y2” 120" 2-Way<br />

“L”, “T”, “X”, “Y2” and “Y3”<br />

connector kits are used when<br />

connecting frames at intersecting<br />

runs. For “L”, “T” and “X” connector<br />

kits, add 2 3 ⁄ 4 to the total length of<br />

the panel run for each intersection,<br />

whether located in the middle or at<br />

the end of the run.<br />

Wall starter kits provide a means to<br />

affix a panel run to a permanent<br />

building wall. Kit adds 1 1 ⁄ 16 to<br />

length of panel run.<br />

Segment Bars<br />

— horizontal<br />

cross members<br />

required<br />

between tile<br />

segments. Must<br />

be specified on<br />

each side of<br />

frame. One<br />

Segment Bar is<br />

needed for each<br />

reveal between tiles.<br />

Top View<br />

Frame Frame<br />

2 3 ⁄4"<br />

Frame S Frame<br />

Extended straight connector kit<br />

“S” can be used to keep continuous<br />

runs dimensionally consistent with<br />

opposing panel runs which incorporate<br />

“T” or “X” intersections. (Add 2 3 ⁄ 4 to<br />

the length of the run for every<br />

extended straight connector used.)<br />

In-line connections<br />

Direct connections between same<br />

height frames in a continuous run are<br />

accomplished with provided hardware.<br />

There is no incremental increase in<br />

dimension along the run.<br />

End of Run<br />

Finished end trim must be specified<br />

for the unconnected sides of panel<br />

frames. The Abound end trim adds<br />

3 ⁄ 8 to the length of the panel run.<br />

When adding a stacking frame, order<br />

finished end trim in the height that<br />

matches the stacking frame height.<br />

Move the end cap from the standard<br />

frame end trim to the stacking frame<br />

end trim.<br />

In-line Variable Height Trim In-line<br />

connections between different height<br />

panels require trim to cover the<br />

exposed frame of the taller panel. The<br />

bottom of the trim is contoured to<br />

match the profile of the frame top<br />

cap.<br />

Multiple-height connections are<br />

accomplished by combining standard<br />

height panel connectors (35H, 42H,<br />

50H and 65H) with shorter<br />

connectors (7H, 15H, 22H and<br />

30H). Start from the bottom-up —<br />

select the standard connector that<br />

corresponds to the height and<br />

connection type of the shortest panel,<br />

then use the shorter connectors to<br />

build up to each subsequent panel<br />

height. (See examples.)<br />

Example 1<br />

Connectors required:<br />

1-35"H “T”<br />

1-15"H “FT”<br />

35"H<br />

50"H<br />

In variable height “T” connections —<br />

as shown above — you would use<br />

the connectors as indicated.<br />

Example 2<br />

Connectors required:<br />

1-35"H “X”<br />

1-7"H “T”<br />

1-7"H “L”<br />

1-15"H “FT”<br />

50"H<br />

42"H<br />

Abound Frames Overview<br />

65"H<br />

35"H<br />

Example 3<br />

Connectors required:<br />

1–50”H “L”<br />

1–15”H Variable Height Trim over Top Cap<br />

65”H<br />

50”H<br />

Example above represents Abound<br />

variable height “L” for 65 to 50<br />

connection over universal top cap.<br />

Variable Height<br />

Connection Trim<br />

L, X and T connections between<br />

different height panels require trim to<br />

cover the exposed frame of the taller<br />

panel. The bottom of the trim is flat to<br />

match the profile of the Universal<br />

Connector top cap. Models are<br />

designated as “Variable Height<br />

Finished End over Connector Trim”. For<br />

variable height connections in a Y<br />

configuration, contact the Abound<br />

Specials Department.<br />

Optional Stiffener Support<br />

Stiffener supports can be used to<br />

provide additional rigidity to a panel<br />

when fabric tiles are on both sides of<br />

the frame. May also be used for<br />

routing power/data at non-standard<br />

heights.<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 11


Abound Connector Overview<br />

Connector Kits — Abound<br />

“L” 90 Connector Kit<br />

“T” 3-way Connector Kit<br />

“X” 4-way Connector Kit<br />

“S” “S” Extended Straight Connector Kit<br />

“Y2” 2-way 120 Connector Kit<br />

“Y3” 3-way 120 Connector Kit<br />

“W” Wall Starter Kit<br />

“F” End Trim Kit<br />

“V” Variable Height Finished End<br />

“FT” Variable Height Finished End over Connector<br />

“L” “T” “X” “S” “Y2” “Y3” “W” “F” “V” “FT”<br />

➤ Abound Connector Kits include universal connector block(s), bracket clips and painted metal trim.<br />

➤ The universal connector block can be used for an L, T, X, or Extended Straight connections, simplifying staging and installation at the project site as well<br />

as future reconfigurations.<br />

➤ Bracket clips are attached to the connector blocks as needed based upon connection type.<br />

➤ While the connectors themselves are universal, Abound connector kits must be specified by connection type (X, L, T, S, 120 degree) in order to receive<br />

the correct type of trim.<br />

12 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Abound tiles come in a variety of<br />

styles.<br />

65”H frame<br />

shown.<br />

Beveled trim.<br />

Segment Bars (ordered separately)<br />

required between all tiles create a 3 ⁄16”<br />

reveal.<br />

Slotted Tool Tiles allow a variety<br />

of hang-on accessories to<br />

organize your workspace.<br />

Plains Tiles, created from a unique<br />

poly-resin material, are available in<br />

Cool Frost or Warm Sunrise.<br />

SecureFit tiles utilize hang-on accessories<br />

to create a multitude of paper management<br />

and organizational options.<br />

Fabric tackable acoustical tiles are available in hundreds<br />

of material options. Also available with power/data ports.<br />

Glass Tiles, made of single-pane tempered<br />

glass, allow light in and create an openness<br />

to your workspace.<br />

Hard-surface and painted metal<br />

tiles are sturdy and easy to clean.<br />

Hard-surface tiles can provide a<br />

“wood-look” that is less expensive<br />

and more durable than veneer.<br />

*Aesthetics of opposing tile surface and/or frame interior should be considered when selecting SecureFit or light colored sheer materials.<br />

Abound Tile Overview<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 13


Abound Specifying/Design Guide<br />

Tile Heights<br />

Stacking<br />

35”H<br />

50”H<br />

65”H<br />

80”H<br />

95”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

30”H<br />

Monolithic tiles are 5” shorter than frame heights to account for top trim and base raceway.<br />

Typical Tile Height Configurations<br />

Segment bars are required between any two tiles — order separately based on tile configuration<br />

on each side of frame. Note: Most CAD specification programs will calculate quantity of segment<br />

bars required.<br />

42”H<br />

37”H<br />

Monolithic<br />

Only<br />

30”H<br />

30”H<br />

15”H<br />

30”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

30”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

30”H<br />

45”H<br />

Monolithic<br />

15”H<br />

30”H<br />

37”H<br />

15”H<br />

15”H<br />

30”H<br />

15”H<br />

30”H<br />

30”H<br />

30”H<br />

15”H<br />

30”H<br />

30”H<br />

30”H<br />

45”H<br />

45”H<br />

Monolithic<br />

15”H<br />

45”H<br />

Monolithic<br />

30”H<br />

45”H<br />

Monolithic<br />

45”H<br />

Monolithic<br />

60”H<br />

60”H<br />

Monolithic<br />

45”H<br />

Monolithic<br />

30”H<br />

60”H<br />

Monolithic<br />

30”H<br />

45”H<br />

Monolithic<br />

30”H<br />

*Additional tile combinations to those shown above are possible; heights above 65” require<br />

stacking frames - maximum height is 110”.<br />

To calculate the total height of tiles(s)<br />

required, deduct 5 (height of base/top<br />

trim) from the total nominal panel<br />

height.<br />

EXAMPLE: 65H Frame takes 2 30H<br />

tiles. 65–5 =2x30or45+15<br />

Tiles ordered separately<br />

Tiles can be ordered in the size that<br />

matches the frame height plus the<br />

stacker height.<br />

EXAMPLE: If you are using a 35H<br />

frame plus a 30H stacker, you can<br />

order 2–30H tiles or 1–60H tile.<br />

Door panels include frame, 42W door,<br />

hinges and attaching hardware. Two<br />

71 ⁄ 2H fabric tiles for the top of the<br />

door frame are required and ordered<br />

separately.<br />

Sliding doors are available in 50, 65,<br />

and 80H models and can mount to<br />

30, 36, 42, and 48W panels. The<br />

doors provide a 36W opening and are<br />

42W, nominally. The doors ship nonhanded.<br />

A Mounting Bracket Kit must be<br />

ordered for each door corresponding to<br />

the mounting panel’s width (30, 36,<br />

42, or 48W).<br />

Plains Tiles, Painted Metal Tiles and<br />

Hard-surface Tiles include tile and<br />

Custom Bracket Kit.<br />

14 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Fabric Tackable<br />

Acoustical Tile<br />

Fabric Tackable<br />

Acoustical Ported Tile<br />

Slotted<br />

Tool Tile<br />

SecureFit Tile Glass Tile Pass-thru Tile<br />

Markerboard Tile Plains Tile Hard-surface Tiles Painted Metal Tile<br />

Tiles — Tackable Acoustical, Tackable Acoustical/Ported<br />

15”H<br />

30”H<br />

37”H<br />

45”H<br />

60”H<br />

24”W 30”W 36”W 42”W 48”W 60”W<br />

Glass Tile Kits, Markerboard, Plains, Painted Metal Tiles<br />

15”H<br />

30”H<br />

24”W 30”W 36”W 42”W 48”W 60”W<br />

Pass-thru Tiles<br />

30”H<br />

24”W 30”W 36”W 42”W 48”W 60”W<br />

Slotted Tool Tile, SecureFit Tile<br />

15”H<br />

24”W 30”W 36”W 42”W 48”W 60”W<br />

Hard-surface Tiles<br />

15”H<br />

30”H<br />

37”H<br />

24”W 30”W 36”W 42”W 48”W 60”W<br />

Abound Specifying/Design Guide<br />

NOTE: 37H tiles only for use<br />

on 42H frames.<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 15


Abound Panel Frames GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Includes frame, top cap,<br />

baserail covers, attaching<br />

hardware and bottom<br />

segment bar.<br />

➤ Frames and tiles are ordered<br />

and shipped separately.<br />

➤ Frames are 2 5 ⁄ 8 thick with a 5H<br />

baserail.<br />

➤ Frames are standard with two<br />

adjustable leveling glides<br />

which can be adjusted from<br />

the bottom of the glide or from the<br />

interior of frame.<br />

➤ Two wire and data<br />

management openings standard per<br />

raceway, 24 panel has one opening.<br />

➤ Lay-in wire management available in<br />

base. Horizontal cable routing<br />

available at beltline.<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ Lay-in top pathway provides<br />

additional data cabling capacity.<br />

Stacking not recommended with<br />

42 frames.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

35H Panel Frame<br />

35H x24W HRVF3524 8 1.7 $ 207 $ 241<br />

35H x30W HRVF3530 11 2.1 $ 218 $ 252<br />

35H x36W HRVF3536 13 2.4 $ 228 $ 262<br />

35H x42W HRVF3542 16 2.8 $ 243 $ 277<br />

35H x48W HRVF3548 18 3.2 $ 259 $ 293<br />

35H x60W HRVF3560 23 4.0 $ 294 $ 328<br />

42H Panel Frame<br />

42H x24W HRVF4224 11 2.0 $ 207 $ 241<br />

42H x30W HRVF4230 14 2.4 $ 226 $ 260<br />

42H x36W HRVF4236 17 2.9 $ 240 $ 274<br />

42H x42W HRVF4242 19 3.4 $ 254 $ 288<br />

42H x48W HRVF4248 22 3.8 $ 269 $ 303<br />

42H x60W<br />

Stacking not recommended with 42 frames.<br />

HRVF4260 28 4.7 $ 305 $ 339<br />

50H Panel Frame<br />

50H x24W HRVF5024 14 2.3 $ 226 $ 260<br />

50H x30W HRVF5030 17 2.9 $ 241 $ 275<br />

50H x36W HRVF5036 20 3.4 $ 251 $ 285<br />

50H x42W HRVF5042 24 4.0 $ 266 $ 300<br />

50H x48W HRVF5048 27 4.5 $ 278 $ 312<br />

50H x60W HRVF5060 34 5.6 $ 310 $ 344<br />

65H Panel Frame<br />

65H x24W HRVF6524 17 3.0 $ 242 $ 276<br />

65H x30W HRVF6530 22 3.7 $ 252 $ 286<br />

65H x36W HRVF6536 25 4.4 $ 265 $ 299<br />

65H x42W HRVF6542 30 5.1 $ 279 $ 313<br />

65H x48W HRVF6548 35 5.8 $ 295 $ 329<br />

65H x60W HRVF6560 43 7.2 $ 330 $ 364<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H R V F 3 5 2 4 . T 4<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

16 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Frames and tiles are ordered<br />

and shipped separately.<br />

➤ Includes attachment hardware.<br />

➤ Stacking frames can be added<br />

to the top of any 35H, 50 or<br />

65H frame.<br />

➤ No paint selection necessary on<br />

stacking frames.<br />

➤ Stacking frames use the top cap from<br />

the standard frame.<br />

➤ Overhead storage units can be<br />

suspended from stacking frames. See<br />

pages 84-85.<br />

➤ Segment Bars do not need to be<br />

specified for monolithic tiles, when<br />

only a single tile is attached to the<br />

frame.<br />

Stacking not recommended with<br />

42 frames.<br />

Not designed to combine<br />

differing frame widths in a single<br />

stack.<br />

Stacking frames not designed to<br />

be used as a base frame.<br />

Segment bars available in Black<br />

only.<br />

Description Model<br />

Segment Bars are formed, steel<br />

cross members and are required<br />

between tiles and on each side<br />

of the frame.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

15H Stacking Panel Frame<br />

15H x24W HRVF1524 8 0.8 $ 167<br />

15H x30W HRVF1530 10 0.9 $ 176<br />

15H x36W HRVF1536 12 1.1 $ 181<br />

15H x42W HRVF1542 14 1.3 $ 188<br />

15H x48W HRVF1548 16 1.5 $ 190<br />

15H x60W HRVF1560 20 1.8 $ 196<br />

30H Stacking Panel Frame<br />

30H x24W HRVF3024 10 1.4 $ 178<br />

30H x30W HRVF3030 12 1.8 $ 188<br />

30H x36W HRVF3036 14 2.1 $ 194<br />

30H x42W HRVF3042 16 2.4 $ 201<br />

30H x48W HRVF3048 18 2.8 $ 205<br />

30H x60W HRVF3060 22 3.4 $ 217<br />

Full Segment Bars<br />

24W HRVFSB24 2 0.4 $ 12<br />

30W HRVFSB30 2 0.4 $ 12<br />

36W HRVFSB36 3 0.5 $ 13<br />

42W HRVFSB42 3 0.5 $ 14<br />

48W HRVFSB48 3 0.6 $ 15<br />

60W<br />

Must order one segment bar per panel reveal, per panel side.<br />

HRVFSB60 4 0.7 $ 16<br />

➤ Tile stiffener supports can be ➤ Self-drilling screws included.<br />

used to increase the stiffness Black only. No need to specify.<br />

of a panel and can also be<br />

used to mount power/data<br />

anywhere vertically on an<br />

Abound frame. Can only be<br />

used when there are fabric tiles<br />

on both sides of the frame.<br />

GSA contract pending<br />

How to specify<br />

Description Model<br />

Abound Stiffener Supports<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

Stiffener Support<br />

24W HRVSS24 1 0.4 $ 39<br />

30W HRVSS30 1 0.4 $ 41<br />

36W HRVSS36 4 0.5 $ 45<br />

42W HRVSS42 4 0.5 $ 58<br />

48W HRVSS48 4 0.5 $ 63<br />

60W<br />

Black only. No need to specify paint.<br />

HRVSS60 4 0.7 $ 69<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

H R V F 1 5 2 4<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Stacking Panel Frames<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 17


Abound Door Panel GSA SIN 711-1<br />

Door Panel Frame<br />

➤ Includes frame, 42W door,<br />

hinges and attaching<br />

hardware.<br />

➤ Lockset or Knob ordered<br />

separately.<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H tiles above the door<br />

are required and must be<br />

specified and ordered<br />

separately.<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

Door Panel — Laminate<br />

42W x95H HRVD9542 155 5.4 $1812 $1846<br />

Fabric tiles for above the door are required for door installation. Order tiles separately — see below.<br />

Two tiles are required for installation.<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Paint Color Select Door Laminate<br />

from above<br />

See page 6 See page 6<br />

H R V D 9 5 4 2 . T 4 . K 2<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Fabric Grade<br />

II III IV M1 M3 M4 M5 M6<br />

Fabric Tiles for Door Panel<br />

71 ⁄ 2H x42W HRVD0742T 3 1.2 $ 56 $ 61 $ 65 $ 69 $ 73 $ 82 $ 86 $ 90<br />

Must be ordered with the Door Panel model above.<br />

Required for door installation.<br />

Two tiles must be ordered for installation. Tiles ship 1/pkg.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Fabric Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 7<br />

H R V D 0 7 4 2 T . D B 3 0<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

Lockset (Door Knob)<br />

Polished Brass, keyed on one side HN899900 2 s 0.1 $ 80<br />

Door Lever<br />

Brushed Aluminum, keyed on one side HN899910 2 s 0.1 $ 227<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

18 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ The Sliding Doors are available ➤ All doors are 42 wide, provide a<br />

in 50, 65, and 80H models 36W opening, and are non-handed.<br />

and can mount to 30, 36,<br />

42, and 48W panels.<br />

A Mounting Bracket Kit must be<br />

ordered for each door<br />

corresponding to the mounting<br />

panels width (30, 36, 42, or<br />

48W).<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

Abound Sliding Door<br />

50H x42W HH15042SD 28 5.5 $1616 $1650<br />

65H x42W HH16542SD 38 7.1 $1968 $2002<br />

80H x42W HH18042SD 46 8.6 $2405 $2439<br />

Door is only available in Frosted Translucent. Specify paint for frame.<br />

Mounting Kit for Abound Sliding Door<br />

For 30W panel HHKDMK30 4 0.4 $ 135 $ 146<br />

For 36W panel HHKDMK36 5 0.5 $ 142 $ 153<br />

For 42W panel HHKDMK42 6 0.5 $ 148 $ 159<br />

For 48W panel<br />

NOTES: Specify paint.<br />

HHKDMK48 7 0.5 $ 154 $ 165<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H H 1 5 0 4 2 S D . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA CONTRACT PENDING Abound Sliding Door<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 19


Abound Connectors GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ L, T and X Connectors are used<br />

when connecting frames at<br />

intersecting runs. Add 2 3 ⁄ 4 to<br />

the frame run for each<br />

connector.<br />

➤ All connectors include a lightgap<br />

strip.<br />

➤ Abound connectors utilize a universal<br />

connector block designed to make<br />

one connection to the panel.<br />

➤ Bracket clips come standard.<br />

➤ 7H connectors include one<br />

connector block; 15H, 22H, 30H<br />

include two connector blocks; 50H<br />

includes three connector blocks and<br />

65H includes four connector blocks.<br />

➤ Connectors ship complete with trim.<br />

➤ No universal top cap with 7H-30H<br />

connectors. These are to be used<br />

where base height connectors are<br />

also used, therefore additional top<br />

caps are not necessary.<br />

➤ Outer trim snaps easily into place.<br />

➤ Extended Straight Connectors are<br />

used to keep a frame run<br />

dimensionally consistent with<br />

opposing frame runs. Add 2 3 ⁄ 4 to<br />

the length of the run with each<br />

Extended Straight Connector used.<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

“L” 90 Painted Connector<br />

7H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC7PL 1 s 0.1 $ 69 $ 85<br />

15H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC15PL 2 s 0.1 $ 80 $ 96<br />

22H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC22PL 2 s 0.2 $ 91 $ 107<br />

30H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC30PL 3 s 0.3 $ 102 $ 118<br />

35H Frame HRVC35PL 3 s 0.3 $ 102 $ 118<br />

42H Frame HRVC42PL 4 s 0.4 $ 113 $ 129<br />

50H Frame HRVC50PL 5 s 0.5 $ 118 $ 134<br />

65H Frame HRVC65PL 6 s 0.6 $ 123 $ 139<br />

80H Frame HRVC80PL 6 s 0.8 $ 128 $ 144<br />

“T” 3-Way Painted Connector<br />

7H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC7PT 1 s 0.1 $ 69 $ 85<br />

15H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC15PT 2 s 0.1 $ 80 $ 96<br />

22H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC22PT 2 s 0.2 $ 91 $ 107<br />

30H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC30PT 3 s 0.3 $ 102 $ 118<br />

35H Frame HRVC35PT 3 s 0.3 $ 102 $ 118<br />

42H Frame HRVC42PT 4 s 0.4 $ 113 $ 129<br />

50H Frame HRVC50PT 5 s 0.5 $ 118 $ 134<br />

65H Frame HRVC65PT 6 s 0.6 $ 123 $ 139<br />

80H Frame HRVC80PT 6 s 0.8 $ 128 $ 144<br />

“X” 4-Way Painted Connector<br />

7H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC7PX 1 s 0.1 $ 56 $ 65<br />

15H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC15PX 2 s 0.1 $ 63 $ 72<br />

22H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC22PX 2 s 0.2 $ 70 $ 79<br />

30H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC30PX 3 s 0.3 $ 80 $ 89<br />

35H Frame HRVC35PX 3 s 0.3 $ 80 $ 89<br />

42H Frame HRVC42PX 4 s 0.4 $ 108 $ 117<br />

50H Frame HRVC50PX 6 s 0.5 $ 113 $ 122<br />

65H Frame HRVC65PX 7 s 0.6 $ 118 $ 127<br />

80H Frame HRVC80PX 6 s 0.8 $ 123 $ 132<br />

“S” Extended Straight Painted Connector<br />

7H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC7PS 1 s 0.1 $ 89 $ 105<br />

15H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC15PS 2 s 0.1 $ 96 $ 112<br />

22H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC22PS 2 s 0.2 $ 103 $ 119<br />

30H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC30PS 3 s 0.3 $ 113 $ 129<br />

35H Frame HRVC35PS 3 s 0.3 $ 113 $ 129<br />

42H Frame HRVC42PS 4 s 0.4 $ 130 $ 146<br />

50H Frame HRVC50PS 6 s 0.5 $ 136 $ 152<br />

65H Frame HRVC65PS 7 s 0.6 $ 146 $ 162<br />

80H Frame HRVC80PS 7 s 0.8 $ 156 $ 172<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H R V C 3 5 P L . T 4<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

20 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ 35H-42H connectors include ➤ Use Y Connectors for 120<br />

two universal connector blocks,<br />

50H includes three brackets<br />

and 65H includes four<br />

brackets.<br />

applications.<br />

➤ Abound connectors utilize a universal<br />

connector block designed to make<br />

one connection to the panel.<br />

➤ Connectors ship complete with trim.<br />

➤ Bracket clips come standard.<br />

➤ Outer trim snaps easily into place.<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

“Y” 120 Degree, Two-Sided, Painted Connector<br />

35H Frame HRVC35PY2 3 s 0.3 $ 102 $ 118<br />

42H Frame HRVC42PY2 4 s 0.4 $ 113 $ 129<br />

50H Frame HRVC50PY2 5 s 0.5 $ 123 $ 139<br />

65H Frame HRVC65PY2 6 s 0.6 $ 136 $ 152<br />

“Y” 120 Degree, Three-Sided, Painted Connector<br />

35H Frame HRVC35PY3 3 s 0.3 $ 91 $ 107<br />

42H Frame HRVC42PY3 4 s 0.4 $ 102 $ 118<br />

50H Frame HRVC50PY3 5 s 0.5 $ 113 $ 129<br />

65H Frame HRVC65PY3 6 s 0.6 $ 123 $ 139<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H R V C 3 5 P Y 2 . T 3<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Connectors<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 21


Abound Variable Height Finished End and Wall Starter Kits GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Specify to frame height.<br />

➤ Snaps easily onto end of frame.<br />

➤ 35H end trim includes top cap<br />

and vertical trim.<br />

Specify paint<br />

GSA contract pending<br />

➤ 15H and 30H Finished End Trims<br />

do not include a top cap. These are<br />

only used for stacking frames which<br />

utilize the top trim and cap from the<br />

base frame to which they are<br />

attached.<br />

➤ 42, 50 and 65H frames include<br />

painted top cap, vertical trim and<br />

carpet grippers for extra stability.<br />

➤ End trim is full length to floor; no<br />

baserail cap is necessary.<br />

➤ Finished Ends include top cap trim.<br />

Adds 3 ⁄ 8 to panel run.<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ Wall Starter Kit allows panel to start<br />

from a wall. Specify trim color.<br />

➤ Wall Starter adds 3 ⁄ 4 to length of<br />

panel run.<br />

➤ Anchor devices are not supplied with<br />

the wall starter kits.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

Finished End<br />

15H Finished End HRVC15PF 1 s 0.1 $ 46 $ 62<br />

30H Finished End HRVC30PF 2 s 0.3 $ 58 $ 74<br />

35H Finished End HRVC35PF 2 s 0.3 $ 58 $ 74<br />

42H Finished End HRVC42PF 2 s 0.4 $ 63 $ 79<br />

50H Finished End HRVC50PF 3 s 0.5 $ 68 $ 84<br />

65H Finished End HRVC65PF 4 s 0.6 $ 73 $ 89<br />

80H Finished End HRVC80PF 4 s 0.8 $ 78 $ 94<br />

Variable Height Painted Finished End<br />

7 Variable Height Finished End HRVC7PFV 1 s 0.1 $ 46 $ 55<br />

15 Variable Height Finished End HRVC15PFV 1 s 0.1 $ 46 $ 55<br />

22 Variable Height Finished End HRVC22PFV 2 s 0.2 $ 58 $ 67<br />

30 Variable Height Finished End HRVC30PFV 2 s 0.3 $ 58 $ 67<br />

Variable Height Painted Finished End Over Connector<br />

7 Variable Height Finished End Over Connector HRVC7PFT 1 s 0.1 $ 46 $ 55<br />

15 Variable Height Finished End Over Connector HRVC15PFT 1 s 0.1 $ 46 $ 55<br />

22 Variable Height Finished End Over Connector HRVC22PFT 2 s 0.2 $ 58 $ 67<br />

30 Variable Height Finished End Over Connector HRVC30PFT 2 s 0.3 $ 58 $ 67<br />

Wall Starter Kit<br />

65H HRVC65PW 5 s 0.6 $ 136 $ 152<br />

Wall Starter in Black only. Top cap for Wall Starter can be specified in all standard paints.<br />

Permanent Wall Hanger Kit<br />

17 ⁄ 8W x1D x66H HRVC35PCE 6 s 0.7 $ 169 $ 188<br />

17 ⁄ 8W x2D x66H HRVC35PCM 3 s 0.7 $ 88 $ 97<br />

Anchor devices are not supplied with this model. Refer to Abound Installation instructions for appropriate hardware. Attachment to<br />

masonry walls is not recommended.<br />

Wall Hanger Segment Bars<br />

24W HRVFSBW24 2 s 0.4 $ 23<br />

30W HRVFSBW30 2 s 0.4 $ 23<br />

36W HRVFSBW36 3 s 0.5 $ 25<br />

42W HRVFSBW42 3 s 0.5 $ 28<br />

48W HRVFSBW48 3 s 0.6 $ 30<br />

60W HRVFSBW60 4 s 0.7 $ 32<br />

Includes two tile bars. Top bar may only be used in the top uppermost position on Wall Track. Bottom bar can be used in the bottom<br />

position at any point on the wall hangers. When segmenting tiles on Wall Hangers, standard Segment Bars (page 17) must be ordered for<br />

placement between each tile reveal or at the top position of a single tile that is not in the uppermost position.<br />

Off-Module Bracket Kit<br />

• Includes top and bottom attachment brackets and top trim finished end.<br />

• Installation requires defacing of the top tile.<br />

HRVOMOD 2 s 0.1 $ 63 $ 72<br />

Cannot be mounted in locations where the bottom bracket covers electrical cutouts in the base pathway on parent run panels.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H R V C 7 P F T . T 3<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

22 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Notes<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 23


Abound Tackable Acoustical Tiles GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Tackable Acoustical tiles ship ➤ For monolithic applications, subtract<br />

with attachment clips attached.<br />

➤ Tiles are non-dedicated.<br />

5 from the frame height to<br />

determine monolithic tile height.<br />

GSA contract pending<br />

Description Model<br />

Fabric tiles have a Class A fire rating.<br />

Tiles do not include segment<br />

bars, must be ordered separately.<br />

See page 17. Not needed on<br />

monolithic tiles.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

37H tiles are monolithic; only<br />

for use on 42H frames and not<br />

designed to be used in<br />

combination on taller frames.<br />

One segment bar required per<br />

panel reveal, per panel side.<br />

List by Fabric Grade<br />

II III IV M1 M3 M4 M5 M6<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H Tackable Acoustical Fabric Tiles<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H x24W HRVT0724T 2 s 0.4 $ 46 $ 50 $ 53 $ 55 $ 61 $ 66 $ 71 $ 74<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H x30W HRVT0730T 2 s 0.5 $ 55 $ 59 $ 62 $ 66 $ 72 $ 79 $ 82 $ 85<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H x36W HRVT0736T 2 s 0.6 $ 59 $ 63 $ 66 $ 70 $ 76 $ 83 $ 86 $ 89<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H x42W HRVT0742T 2 s 0.7 $ 64 $ 69 $ 73 $ 77 $ 87 $ 90 $ 94 $ 98<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H x48W HRVT0748T 2 s 0.8 $ 68 $ 73 $ 77 $ 81 $ 91 $ 94 $ 98 $ 102<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H x60W HRVT0760T 3 s 1.0 $ 84 $ 104 $ 108 $ 112 $ 123 $ 127 $ 130 $ 133<br />

15H Tackable Acoustical Fabric Tiles<br />

15H x24W HRVT1524T 2 s 0.8 $ 48 $ 57 $ 65 $ 73 $ 89 $ 107 $ 123 $ 131<br />

15H x30W HRVT1530T 2 s 0.9 $ 49 $ 60 $ 70 $ 80 $ 101 $ 122 $ 132 $ 143<br />

15H x36W HRVT1536T 2 s 1.1 $ 54 $ 65 $ 75 $ 85 $ 106 $ 127 $ 137 $ 148<br />

15H x42W HRVT1542T 2 s 1.3 $ 56 $ 69 $ 81 $ 94 $ 126 $ 137 $ 147 $ 157<br />

15H x48W HRVT1548T 2 s 1.5 $ 60 $ 73 $ 85 $ 98 $ 130 $ 141 $ 151 $ 161<br />

15H x60W HRVT1560T 3 s 1.8 $ 69 $ 82 $ 95 $ 108 $ 140 $ 151 $ 161 $ 171<br />

30H Tackable Acoustical Tiles<br />

30H x24W HRVT3024T 2 s 1.4 $ 65 $ 76 $ 86 $ 96 $ 117 $ 143 $ 154 $ 164<br />

30H x30W HRVT3030T 2 s 1.8 $ 68 $ 81 $ 93 $ 106 $ 131 $ 164 $ 206 $ 216<br />

30H x36W HRVT3036T 2 s 2.1 $ 75 $ 93 $ 109 $ 119 $ 171 $ 208 $ 218 $ 228<br />

30H x42W HRVT3042T 3 s 2.4 $ 86 $ 102 $ 117 $ 127 $ 180 $ 216 $ 227 $ 237<br />

30H x48W HRVT3048T 3 s 2.8 $ 92 $ 108 $ 123 $ 133 $ 186 $ 222 $ 233 $ 243<br />

30H x60W HRVT3060T 4 s 3.4 $ 102 $ 118 $ 133 $ 143 $ 196 $ 232 $ 243 $ 253<br />

37H Tackable Acoustical Tiles<br />

37H x24W HRVT3724T 2 s 2.0 $ 77 $ 93 $ 108 $ 124 $ 176 $ 207 $ 218 $ 228<br />

37H x30W HRVT3730T 3 s 2.4 $ 89 $ 105 $ 120 $ 136 $ 188 $ 219 $ 230 $ 240<br />

37H x36W HRVT3736T 4 s 2.9 $ 100 $ 116 $ 135 $ 153 $ 216 $ 265 $ 275 $ 286<br />

37H x42W HRVT3742T 4 s 3.4 $ 113 $ 129 $ 149 $ 171 $ 249 $ 299 $ 310 $ 321<br />

37H x48W HRVT3748T 5 s 3.8 $ 119 $ 140 $ 162 $ 183 $ 263 $ 311 $ 322 $ 333<br />

37H x60W HRVT3760T 6 4.6 $ 136 $ 162 $ 188 $ 216 $ 296 $ 353 $ 365 $ 376<br />

Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Fabric Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 7<br />

H R V T 1 5 2 4 T . D B 3 0<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

24 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Tiles are non-dedicated.<br />

➤ Tackable Acoustical tiles ship<br />

with attachment clips attached.<br />

➤ For monolithic applications, subtract<br />

5 from the frame height to<br />

determine monolithic tile height.<br />

Description Model<br />

Fabric tiles have a Class A fire rating. Tiles do not include segment<br />

bars, must be ordered separately.<br />

See page 17. Not needed on<br />

monolithic tiles.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

One segment bar required per<br />

panel reveal, per panel side.<br />

List by Fabric Grade<br />

II III IV M1 M3 M4 M5 M6<br />

45H Tackable Acoustical Tiles<br />

45H x24W HRVT4524T 2 s 2.3 $ 85 $ 104 $ 124 $ 143 $ 207 $ 253 $ 264 $ 276<br />

45H x30W HRVT4530T 3 s 2.9 $ 97 $ 118 $ 138 $ 161 $ 240 $ 288 $ 299 $ 310<br />

45H x36W HRVT4536T 5 s 3.4 $ 117 $ 138 $ 160 $ 181 $ 261 $ 309 $ 320 $ 331<br />

45H x42W HRVT4542T 5 4.0 $ 136 $ 157 $ 177 $ 200 $ 279 $ 327 $ 338 $ 349<br />

45H x48W HRVT4548T 6 4.5 $ 154 $ 175 $ 197 $ 218 $ 298 $ 345 $ 357 $ 368<br />

45H x60W HRVT4560T 7 5.6 $ 168 $ 194 $ 221 $ 249 $ 328 $ 386 $ 398 $ 409<br />

60H Tackable Acoustical Tiles<br />

60H x24W HRVT6024T 3 s 3.0 $ 100 $ 131 $ 164 $ 195 $ 280 $ 333 $ 345 $ 356<br />

60H x30W HRVT6030T 4 s 3.7 $ 115 $ 151 $ 189 $ 222 $ 312 $ 375 $ 387 $ 398<br />

60H x36W HRVT6036T 6 4.4 $ 134 $ 170 $ 207 $ 239 $ 330 $ 393 $ 406 $ 417<br />

60H x42W HRVT6042T 6 5.1 $ 146 $ 187 $ 231 $ 263 $ 369 $ 432 $ 445 $ 457<br />

60H x48W HRVT6048T 7 5.8 $ 163 $ 204 $ 248 $ 280 $ 386 $ 492 $ 505 $ 517<br />

60H x60W HRVT6060T 9 7.2 $ 176 $ 223 $ 271 $ 303 $ 446 $ 526 $ 538 $ 550<br />

Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Fabric Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 7<br />

H R V T 4 5 2 4 T . D B 3 0<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Tackable Acoustical Tiles<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 25


Abound Power/Data Fabric Tiles GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ 15 Power/Data tile can be<br />

used on 50H, or higher, for<br />

beltline access.<br />

➤ 30H Port tiles can be used in<br />

base position on 50H or<br />

higher frames for data/power<br />

access at beltline.<br />

➤ Power/Data tiles are tackable and<br />

acoustical.<br />

➤ Tackable Acoustical Power/Data tiles<br />

ship with attachment clips attached.<br />

➤ Tiles are non-dedicated.<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ Receptacle openings with blank<br />

covers have one in 24W tiles and 2<br />

in wider tiles.<br />

➤ Power/Data grommet opening is<br />

2 11 ⁄ 16W x1 3 ⁄ 8H. With glides<br />

retracted grommets are 30 1 ⁄ 2 from<br />

the floor and 10 1 ⁄ 2 from the edge of<br />

the frame.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

➤ Power/Data ports are factory<br />

installed.<br />

Fabric tiles have a Class A fire rating.<br />

Tiles do not include segment<br />

bars, must be ordered separately.<br />

See page 17. Can be used in any<br />

combination.<br />

One segment bar required per<br />

panel reveal, per panel side.<br />

Electrical mounting brackets<br />

must be ordered separately. See<br />

page 52.<br />

List by Fabric Grade<br />

II III IV M1 M3 M4 M5 M6<br />

15H Power/Data Fabric Tiles<br />

15H x24W HRVT1524E 2 s 0.8 $ 96 $ 105 $ 113 $ 121 $ 137 $ 155 $ 171 $ 179<br />

15H x30W HRVT1530E 2 s 0.9 $ 97 $ 108 $ 118 $ 128 $ 150 $ 171 $ 182 $ 192<br />

15H x36W HRVT1536E 2 s 1.1 $ 101 $ 112 $ 122 $ 132 $ 153 $ 174 $ 184 $ 195<br />

15H x42W HRVT1542E 2 s 1.3 $ 103 $ 116 $ 128 $ 141 $ 173 $ 184 $ 194 $ 204<br />

15H x48W HRVT1548E 2 s 1.5 $ 108 $ 121 $ 133 $ 146 $ 178 $ 189 $ 199 $ 209<br />

15H x60W HRVT1560E 3 s 1.8 $ 117 $ 130 $ 142 $ 155 $ 187 $ 198 $ 208 $ 218<br />

30H Power/Data Fabric Tiles<br />

30H x24W HRVT3024E 2 s 1.4 $ 113 $ 124 $ 134 $ 144 $ 165 $ 191 $ 202 $ 212<br />

30H x30W HRVT3030E 2 s 1.8 $ 116 $ 129 $ 141 $ 154 $ 179 $ 212 $ 254 $ 264<br />

30H x36W HRVT3036E 2 s 2.1 $ 123 $ 139 $ 154 $ 164 $ 217 $ 253 $ 264 $ 274<br />

30H x42W HRVT3042E 3 s 2.4 $ 135 $ 151 $ 166 $ 176 $ 229 $ 265 $ 276 $ 286<br />

30H x48W HRVT3048E 3 s 2.8 $ 140 $ 156 $ 171 $ 181 $ 234 $ 270 $ 281 $ 291<br />

30H x60W HRVT3060E 4 s 3.4 $ 150 $ 166 $ 181 $ 191 $ 244 $ 280 $ 291 $ 301<br />

37H Power/Data Fabric Tiles<br />

37H x24W HRVT3724E 2 s 2.0 $ 125 $ 141 $ 156 $ 172 $ 224 $ 255 $ 266 $ 276<br />

37H x30W HRVT3730E 3 s 2.4 $ 137 $ 153 $ 168 $ 184 $ 236 $ 267 $ 278 $ 288<br />

37H x36W HRVT3736E 4 s 2.9 $ 145 $ 164 $ 183 $ 202 $ 264 $ 310 $ 320 $ 331<br />

37H x42W HRVT3742E 4 s 3.4 $ 155 $ 176 $ 196 $ 218 $ 296 $ 343 $ 353 $ 363<br />

37H x48W HRVT3748E 5 s 3.8 $ 167 $ 188 $ 210 $ 231 $ 311 $ 359 $ 370 $ 381<br />

37H x60W HRVT3760E 6 4.7 $ 184 $ 210 $ 236 $ 264 $ 344 $ 402 $ 413 $ 424<br />

Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Fabric Color Select Electrical Power/Data<br />

Grommet Color<br />

See page 7 See page 6<br />

H R V T 1 5 2 4 E . D B 3 0 . T 5<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

26 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Tiles are non-dedicated.<br />

➤ Tackable Acoustical<br />

Power/Data tiles ship with<br />

attachment clips attached.<br />

➤ Power/Data grommet opening is<br />

2 11 ⁄ 16W x1 3 ⁄ 8H. With glides<br />

retracted grommet are 30 1 ⁄ 2 from<br />

the floor and 10 1 ⁄ 2 from the edge of<br />

the frame.<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ Power/Data ports are factory<br />

installed.<br />

Fabric tiles have a Class A fire rating.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Tiles do not include segment<br />

bars, must be ordered separately.<br />

See page 17. Can be used in any<br />

combination.<br />

One segment bar required per<br />

panel reveal, per panel side.<br />

Electrical mounting brackets<br />

must be ordered separately. See<br />

page 52.<br />

List by Fabric Grade<br />

II III IV M1 M3 M4 M5 M6<br />

45H Power/Data Fabric Tiles<br />

45H x24W HRVT4524E 2 s 2.3 $ 134 $ 153 $ 172 $ 191 $ 255 $ 301 $ 313 $ 324<br />

45H x30W HRVT4530E 3 s 2.9 $ 145 $ 166 $ 186 $ 209 $ 288 $ 336 $ 347 $ 359<br />

45H x36W HRVT4536E 5 s 3.4 $ 165 $ 186 $ 208 $ 229 $ 309 $ 357 $ 368 $ 379<br />

45H x42W HRVT4542E 5 4.0 $ 184 $ 205 $ 225 $ 248 $ 327 $ 375 $ 386 $ 398<br />

45H x48W HRVT4548E 6 4.5 $ 202 $ 223 $ 245 $ 266 $ 346 $ 394 $ 405 $ 416<br />

45H x60W HRVT4560E 7 5.6 $ 217 $ 243 $ 269 $ 297 $ 376 $ 434 $ 446 $ 457<br />

60H Power/Data Fabric Tiles<br />

60H x24W HRVT6024E 3 s 3.0 $ 148 $ 179 $ 212 $ 243 $ 328 $ 381 $ 393 $ 403<br />

60H x30W HRVT6030E 4 s 3.7 $ 163 $ 199 $ 237 $ 270 $ 360 $ 423 $ 435 $ 445<br />

60H x36W HRVT6036E 6 4.4 $ 181 $ 217 $ 255 $ 286 $ 377 $ 440 $ 453 $ 464<br />

60H x42W HRVT6042E 6 5.1 $ 194 $ 235 $ 279 $ 311 $ 417 $ 480 $ 493 $ 504<br />

60H x48W HRVT6048E 7 5.8 $ 211 $ 252 $ 296 $ 328 $ 434 $ 540 $ 553 $ 565<br />

60H x60W HRVT6060E 9 7.2 $ 224 $ 271 $ 319 $ 351 $ 494 $ 574 $ 586 $ 598<br />

Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Power/Data Fabric Tiles<br />

Select Fabric Color Select Electrical Power/Data<br />

Grommet Color<br />

See page 7 See page 6<br />

H R V T 4 5 2 4 E . D B 3 0 . T 5<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 27


Abound Hard-surface Tiles GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Tiles are made from highpressure<br />

laminate.<br />

➤ Available in all standard <strong>HON</strong><br />

laminates.<br />

➤ On woodgrain laminates, grain<br />

direction is vertical.<br />

➤ Tiles attach with Custom Tile Bracket<br />

Kit — included.<br />

➤ Specify paint color.<br />

➤ 15H and 30H tiles are nondedicated<br />

and can be used in any tile<br />

position (except on 42H frames.)<br />

All tiles ship with Custom<br />

Bracket Kit.<br />

One segment bar is required per<br />

panel reveal, per panel side.<br />

Description Model<br />

Tiles do not ship with segment<br />

bars — must be ordered<br />

separately. See page 17. Segment<br />

bars are not needed for 42H<br />

monolithic tiles.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

15 Hard-surface Tile and Mounting Kit<br />

15H x24W HRVT1524HS 11 0.8 $ 164<br />

15H x30W HRVT1530HS 13 0.9 $ 173<br />

15H x36W HRVT1536HS 15 1.1 $ 186<br />

15H x42W HRVT1542HS 17 1.3 $ 197<br />

15H x48W HRVT1548HS 21 1.5 $ 207<br />

15H x60W HRVT1560HS 25 1.8 $ 233<br />

30 Hard-surface Tile and Mounting Kit<br />

30H x24W HRVT3024HS 17 1.4 $ 203<br />

30H x30W HRVT3030HS 19 1.8 $ 217<br />

30H x36W HRVT3036HS 21 2.1 $ 243<br />

30H x42W HRVT3042HS 24 2.4 $ 266<br />

30H x48W HRVT3048HS 28 2.8 $ 280<br />

30H x60W HRVT3060HS 30 3.4 $ 308<br />

37 Hard-surface Tile and Mounting Kit<br />

37H x24W HRVT3724HS 17 1.4 $ 247<br />

37H x30W HRVT3730HS 17 1.8 $ 273<br />

37H x36W HRVT3736HS 19 2.1 $ 300<br />

37H x42W HRVT3742HS 21 2.4 $ 329<br />

37H x48W HRVT3748HS 24 2.8 $ 356<br />

37H x60W HRVT3760HS 30 3.4 $ 406<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Laminate Color Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6 See page 6<br />

H R V T 1 5 2 4 H S . H . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

28 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Notes<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 29


Abound Clear Glass Tiles GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Glass is off-set and may be<br />

placed on either side of the<br />

frame.<br />

➤ Tile is a single-pane, tempered glass.<br />

Glass tiles have a Class A fire rating.<br />

Tiles do not include segment<br />

bars, must be ordered separately.<br />

See page 17. Can be used in any<br />

combination.<br />

Description Model<br />

Not designed to be used on the<br />

second tier of the system due to<br />

interference with the horizontal<br />

support.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

15H Clear Glass Tiles<br />

15H x24W HRVT1524G 12 s 0.8 $ 363 $ 382<br />

15H x30W HRVT1530G 15 s 0.9 $ 386 $ 405<br />

15H x36W HRVT1536G 17 s 1.1 $ 408 $ 427<br />

15H x42W HRVT1542G 19 s 1.3 $ 436 $ 455<br />

15H x48W HRVT1548G 20 s 1.5 $ 468 $ 487<br />

15H x60W HRVT1560G 26 s 1.8 $ 559 $ 578<br />

30H Clear Glass Tiles<br />

30H x24W HRVT3024G 15 s 1.4 $ 486 $ 505<br />

30H x30W HRVT3030G 21 s 1.8 $ 519 $ 538<br />

30H x36W HRVT3036G 22 s 2.1 $ 553 $ 572<br />

30H x42W HRVT3042G 25 s 2.4 $ 597 $ 616<br />

30H x48W HRVT3048G 28 s 2.9 $ 642 $ 661<br />

30H x60W<br />

Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />

HRVT3060G 33 s 3.4 $ 753 $ 772<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Interior Shroud Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6. Available in all Core/Metallic paint colors.<br />

H R V T 1 5 2 4 G . T 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

30 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Tile is a single-pane, tempered<br />

glass.<br />

➤ Glass is off-set and may be placed on<br />

either side of the frame.<br />

Glass tiles have a Class A fire rating.<br />

Tiles do not include segment<br />

bars, must be ordered separately.<br />

See page 17. Can be used in any<br />

combination.<br />

Description Model<br />

Not designed to be used on the<br />

second tier of the system due to<br />

interference with the horizontal<br />

supports.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

15H Frosted Glass Tiles<br />

15H x24W HRVT1524R 12 s 0.8 $ 449 $ 468<br />

15H x30W HRVT1530R 15 s 0.9 $ 482 $ 501<br />

15H x36W HRVT1536R 17 s 1.1 $ 515 $ 534<br />

15H x42W HRVT1542R 19 s 1.3 $ 553 $ 572<br />

15H x48W HRVT1548R 20 s 1.5 $ 596 $ 615<br />

15H x60W HRVT1560R 26 s 1.8 $ 697 $ 716<br />

30H Frosted Glass Tiles<br />

30H x24W HRVT3024R 15 s 1.4 $ 635 $ 654<br />

30H x30W HRVT3030R 21 s 1.8 $ 679 $ 698<br />

30H x36W HRVT3036R 22 s 2.1 $ 723 $ 742<br />

30H x42W HRVT3042R 25 s 2.4 $ 779 $ 798<br />

30H x48W HRVT3048R 28 s 2.9 $ 834 $ 853<br />

30H x60W<br />

Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />

HRVT3060R 33 s 3.4 $ 956 $ 975<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Interior Shroud Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6. Available in all Core/Metallic paint colors.<br />

H R V T 1 5 2 4 R . T 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Frosted Glass Tiles<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 31


Abound Pass-thru Tiles GSA CONTRACT PENDING<br />

➤ Order one 7 1/2H fabric tiles<br />

per pass-thru tile, if finishing<br />

only one side of panel.<br />

Must order a quantity of two (2)<br />

7 1/2H fabric tiles per pass-thru<br />

tile, if finishing both sides of<br />

panel.<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

30H Pass-Thru Tile Kit<br />

30H x24W HRVT3024P 8 1.2 $ 98 $ 117<br />

30H x30W HRVT3030P 8 1.5 $ 109 $ 128<br />

30H x36W HRVT3036P 9 1.8 $ 119 $ 138<br />

30H x42W HRVT3042P 10 2.1 $ 129 $ 148<br />

30H x48W HRVT3048P 11 2.3 $ 140 $ 159<br />

30H x60W HRVT3060P 12 2.9 $ 150 $ 169<br />

NOTES: Order one 71 ⁄ 2H fabric tiles per pass-thru tile, if finishing only one side of panel.<br />

Must order a quantity of two (2) 71 ⁄ 2H fabric tiles per pass-thru tile, if finishing both sides of panel.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H R V T 3 0 2 4 P . T 1<br />

GSA contract pending<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Fabric Grade<br />

II III IV M1 M3 M4 M5 M6<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H Fabric Tackable Tile<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H x24W HRVT0724T 2 s 1.4 $ 46 $ 50 $ 53 $ 55 $ 61 $ 66 $ 71 $ 74<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H x30W HRVT0730T 2 s 1.8 $ 55 $ 59 $ 62 $ 66 $ 72 $ 79 $ 82 $ 85<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H x36W HRVT0736T 2 s 2.1 $ 59 $ 63 $ 66 $ 70 $ 76 $ 83 $ 86 $ 89<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H x42W HRVT0742T 2 s 2.4 $ 64 $ 69 $ 73 $ 77 $ 87 $ 90 $ 94 $ 98<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H x48W HRVT0748T 2 s 2.8 $ 68 $ 73 $ 77 $ 81 $ 91 $ 94 $ 98 $ 102<br />

7 1 ⁄ 2H x60W HRVT0760T 3 s 3.4 $ 84 $ 104 $ 108 $ 112 $ 123 $ 127 $ 130 $ 133<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Fabric Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 7<br />

H R V T 1 5 2 4 T . D B 3 0<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

32 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Notes<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 33


Abound Slotted Tool Tiles GSA SIN 711-1<br />

Tool Tile shown with Paper<br />

Management Accessories<br />

➤ Tiles made from sturdy aluminum<br />

extrusion and steel supports with a<br />

powder coat finish.<br />

➤ Choose from hang-on accessories for<br />

a variety of organizational options.<br />

See page 35.<br />

Description Model<br />

Tiles do not include segment<br />

bars, must be ordered separately.<br />

See page 17. Can be used in any<br />

combination.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Weight capacity of hang-on<br />

accessories should not exceed<br />

80 pounds.<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

15H Slotted Tool Tiles<br />

15H x24W HRVT1524W 11 s 0.8 $ 202 $ 230<br />

15H x30W HRVT1530W 13 s 0.9 $ 217 $ 245<br />

15H x36W HRVT1536W 15 s 1.1 $ 234 $ 262<br />

15H x42W HRVT1542W 17 s 1.3 $ 248 $ 276<br />

15H x48W HRVT1548W 20 s 1.5 $ 264 $ 292<br />

15H x60W<br />

Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />

HRVT1560W 24 s 1.8 $ 279 $ 307<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H R V T 1 5 2 4 W . T 4<br />

Systems Paper Management Support Bar<br />

➤ Paper management bar<br />

attaches to Systems Panels to<br />

accommodate work flow<br />

accessories.<br />

SIN 711-1<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

Systems Paper Management Support Bars<br />

24W x5H HNPMBSW24 1.3 s 0.4 $ 137 $ 148<br />

30W x5H HNPMBSW30 1.5 s 0.5 $ 144 $ 155<br />

36W x5H HNPMBSW36 2.0 s 0.6 $ 151 $ 162<br />

42W x5H HNPMBSW42 5.0 s 0.7 $ 159 $ 170<br />

48W x5H HNPMBSW48 7.0 s 0.8 $ 164 $ 175<br />

60W x5H<br />

Recommended weight capacity not to exceed 80 pounds.<br />

HNPMBSW60 9.0 s 0.9 $ 189 $ 200<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

HN PMB SW2 4 . T 4<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

34 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Tool Tile shown with Paper<br />

Management Accessories<br />

SIN 711-2<br />

SIN 711-2<br />

SIN 711-2<br />

SIN 711-2<br />

SIN 711-2<br />

SIN 711-2<br />

➤ For use with Slotted Tool Tiles and<br />

Systems Paper Management Support<br />

Bars on page 34.<br />

➤ Paper Shelf holds letter size paper<br />

and inter-office envelopes.<br />

➤ Folder Bin accommodates manila<br />

envelopes and can be hung from<br />

other folder binds to maximize<br />

storage.<br />

➤ Phone Tray holds telephone at<br />

optimum ergonomic angle.<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ CD/Pencil Box holds up to 3 CD jewel<br />

cases; sticky pads or writing<br />

instruments.<br />

➤ Accessory Shelf holds office supplies<br />

and personal effects.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

➤ Sorter Tray provides 3 slots for<br />

organizing files.<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

Accessories for Slotted Tool Tiles Paper Shelf<br />

15W x9 1 ⁄ 2D x2H HPPMPS 2 s 0.3 $ 70 $ 81<br />

Accessory Shelf<br />

21 3 ⁄ 4W x9D x2H HPPMAS 2 s 0.3 $ 74 $ 85<br />

Phone Tray<br />

9W x10 3 ⁄ 4D x2H HPPMPT 2 s 0.3 $ 90 $ 101<br />

CD/Pencil Holder<br />

5 1 ⁄ 4W x1 1 ⁄ 2D x5H HPPMPB 1 s 0.2 $ 74 $ 85<br />

Sorter Tray<br />

6W x10D x2 1 ⁄ 2H HPPMST 2 s 0.3 $ 97 $ 108<br />

Folder Bin<br />

121 ⁄ 4W x11 ⁄ 4D x9H HPPMFB 2 s 0.3 $ 74 $ 85<br />

GSA — Above models receive Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

HPPMPS . T4<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

Systems Paper Management Accessories<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 35


Abound SecureFit Tiles GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ SecureFit Tiles offer access to<br />

files, while freeing up your<br />

worksurface.<br />

➤ Use SecureFit accessories found on<br />

page 37 to create a multitude of<br />

paper management options.<br />

Tiles do not include segment<br />

bars, must be ordered separately.<br />

See page 17. Can be used in any<br />

combination.<br />

Description Model<br />

Weight capacity of hang-on<br />

accessories should not exceed<br />

80 pounds.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

15H SecureFit Tiles<br />

15H x24W HRVT1524V 11 s 0.8 $ 140 $ 168<br />

15H x30W HRVT1530V 13 s 0.9 $ 155 $ 183<br />

15H x36W HRVT1536V 15 s 1.1 $ 177 $ 205<br />

15H x42W HRVT1542V 17 s 1.3 $ 195 $ 223<br />

15H x48W HRVT1548V 20 s 1.5 $ 220 $ 248<br />

15H x60W<br />

Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />

HRVT1560V 24 s 1.8 $ 241 $ 269<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H R V T 1 5 2 4 V . T 4<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

36 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ For use with SecureFit Tiles on<br />

page 36.<br />

How to specify<br />

All models are available in<br />

translucent plastic only.<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

File Tub<br />

12 5 ⁄ 16W x6 1 ⁄ 4D x9 11 ⁄ 16H HS2801 2 s 0.3 $ 44<br />

Binder Storage<br />

5 1 ⁄ 2W x11 13 ⁄ 16D x11 1 ⁄ 2H HS2802 2 s 0.3 $ 39<br />

CD/DVD Holder<br />

5 5 ⁄ 16W x7 3 ⁄ 4D x3 3 ⁄ 4H HS2803 1 s 0.2 $ 23<br />

Pencil Tray<br />

10 1 ⁄ 4W x3 3 ⁄ 4D x1 1 ⁄ 8H HS2806 1 s 0.2 $ 17<br />

Piling Shelf<br />

11 1 ⁄ 2W x9 1 ⁄ 4D x2H HS2807 1 s 0.3 $ 23<br />

Folder Bin<br />

12 5 ⁄ 16W x3 1 ⁄ 2D x10 7 ⁄ 16H HS2809 2 s 0.3 $ 33<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

H S 2 8 0 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 SecureFit Accessories<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 37


Abound Markerboard Tiles GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Markerboard tile has a painted, ➤ Accepts magnetic accessories.<br />

steel surface.<br />

➤ Tiles attach with Custom Mounting<br />

Kit, included. Specify paint color.<br />

➤ Markerboard tray attaches to the tile<br />

magnetically. Order separately.<br />

Description Model<br />

Tiles do not include segment<br />

bars, must be ordered separately.<br />

See page 17. Can be used in any<br />

combination.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

15H Markerboard Tiles<br />

15H x24W HRVT1524M 4 s 1.2 $ 184 $ 184<br />

15H x30W HRVT1530M 4 s 1.8 $ 197 $ 197<br />

15H x36W HRVT1536M 5 s 2.5 $ 207 $ 207<br />

15H x42W HRVT1542M 5 s 3.4 $ 219 $ 219<br />

15H x48W HRVT1548M 6 4.3 $ 225 $ 225<br />

15H x60W HRVT1560M 7 6.7 $ 236 $ 236<br />

30H Markerboard Tiles<br />

30H x24W HRVT3024M 6 s 1.2 $ 201 $ 201<br />

30H x30W HRVT3030M 7 s 1.8 $ 216 $ 216<br />

30H x36W HRVT3036M 8 s 2.5 $ 239 $ 239<br />

30H x42W HRVT3042M 10 s 3.4 $ 253 $ 253<br />

30H x48W HRVT3048M 11 4.3 $ 279 $ 279<br />

30H x60W HRVT3060M 13 6.7 $ 310 $ 310<br />

Magnetic Markerboard Tray<br />

15 Natural Aluminum<br />

Natural Aluminum only, no need to specify paint.<br />

Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />

HRVTRAYM 4 s 0.4 $ 43 N/A<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H R V T 1 5 2 4 M . T 3<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

38 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Painted steel construction. ➤ Tiles attach with Custom Tile Bracket<br />

Kit, included. Color will match tile<br />

paint color. See page 41.<br />

Tiles do not include segment<br />

bars, must be ordered separately.<br />

See page 17. Can be used in any<br />

combination.<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

15H Painted Metal Tile<br />

15H x24W HRVT1524PM 4 1.2 $ 117 $ 137<br />

15H x30W HRVT1530PM 4 1.8 $ 123 $ 143<br />

15H x36W HRVT1536PM 5 2.5 $ 134 $ 154<br />

15H x42W HRVT1542PM 5 3.4 $ 146 $ 166<br />

15H x48W HRVT1548PM 6 4.3 $ 159 $ 179<br />

15H x60W HRVT1560PM 7 6.7 $ 177 $ 197<br />

30H Painted Metal Tile<br />

30H x24W HRVT3024PM 6 1.2 $ 171 $ 203<br />

30H x30W HRVT3030PM 7 1.8 $ 186 $ 218<br />

30H x36W HRVT3036PM 8 2.5 $ 210 $ 242<br />

30H x42W HRVT3042PM 10 3.4 $ 225 $ 257<br />

30H x48W HRVT3048PM 11 4.3 $ 251 $ 283<br />

30H x60W<br />

Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />

HRVT3060PM 13 6.7 $ 283 $ 315<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H R V T 1 5 2 4 P M . T 3<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA CONTRACT PENDING Abound Painted Metal Tiles<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 39


Abound Plains Tile GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Plains tile is made of a tricolored<br />

polymer material.<br />

➤ Plains tiles are crafted by hand.<br />

Pattern variations between tiles<br />

reflect the unique nature of the<br />

material.<br />

➤ Tiles attach with Custom Mounting<br />

Kit, included. Specify paint color.<br />

Tiles do not include segment<br />

bars, must be ordered separately.<br />

See page 17. Can be used in any<br />

combination.<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Core/Metallic<br />

List<br />

15H Plains Tiles<br />

15H x24W HRVT1524ST 10 s 0.9 $ 216<br />

15H x30W HRVT1530ST 12 s 1.0 $ 252<br />

15H x36W HRVT1536ST 14 s 1.2 $ 310<br />

15H x42W HRVT1542ST 16 s 1.4 $ 329<br />

15H x48W HRVT1548ST 19 s 1.6 $ 346<br />

15H x60W HRVT1560ST 23 s 2.0 $ 383<br />

30H Plains Tiles<br />

30H x24W HRVT3024ST 14 s 1.6 $ 359<br />

30H x30W HRVT3030ST 16 s 2.0 $ 399<br />

30H x36W HRVT3036ST 18 s 2.3 $ 514<br />

30H x42W HRVT3042ST 20 s 2.7 $ 563<br />

30H x48W HRVT3048ST 23 s 3.2 $ 590<br />

30H x60W<br />

Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />

HRVT3060ST 25 s 3.9 $ 737<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Plains Tile Color Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

PL01 Frost<br />

PL02 Sunrise<br />

See page 6. No upcharge for Metallic Paint.<br />

H R V T 1 5 2 4 S T . P L 0 1 . T 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

40 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Custom Material Bracket Kits<br />

can be ordered to use with<br />

Customers Own Material.<br />

➤ Coat hooks hang directly into slotted<br />

Abound panel frame.<br />

Coat hooks are available in black<br />

only and ship 6 per package.<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

Custom Material Mounting Bracket Kit<br />

15H x24W HRVT1524CK 1 s 0.8 $ 49 $ 49<br />

15H x30W HRVT1530CK 1 s 0.9 $ 52 $ 52<br />

15H x36W HRVT1536CK 1 s 1.1 $ 56 $ 56<br />

15H x42W HRVT1542CK 1 s 1.3 $ 58 $ 58<br />

15H x48W HRVT1548CK 2 s 1.5 $ 60 $ 60<br />

15H x60W HRVT1560CK 2 s 1.8 $ 66 $ 66<br />

30H x24W HRVT3024CK 3 s 1.4 $ 49 $ 49<br />

30H x30W HRVT3030CK 3 s 1.8 $ 52 $ 52<br />

30H x36W HRVT3036CK 3 s 2.1 $ 56 $ 56<br />

30H x42W HRVT3042CK 4 s 2.4 $ 58 $ 58<br />

30H x48W HRVT3048CK 5 s 2.8 $ 60 $ 60<br />

30H x60W HRVT3060CK 5 s 3.4 $ 66 $ 66<br />

Coat Hooks<br />

Package of six<br />

Black only.<br />

HHPMC6 1 s 0.2 $ 62 N/A<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H R V T 1 5 2 4 C K . T 4<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Custom Material Bracket Kit<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 41


Abound Electrical and Data<br />

Abound features capabilities for cable management, including electrical, voice,<br />

and data. The 8-wire electrical system can be integrated at base pathway and<br />

beltline. The open structure of the frame allows voice and data cables to be<br />

routed both vertically and horizontally.<br />

Cable openings in<br />

frame uprights<br />

permit cables to<br />

be run between<br />

frames.<br />

Power block<br />

attaches to<br />

mounting bracket<br />

at beltline.<br />

Jumper can<br />

connect base<br />

pathway power to<br />

beltline.<br />

Base pathway<br />

accommodates<br />

power and lay-in<br />

capacity for data and<br />

communication.<br />

Capacity for lay-in<br />

cabling is provided<br />

underneath panel<br />

top caps.<br />

Power blocks snap<br />

into base pathway<br />

horizontal frame<br />

members and<br />

accept duplex<br />

receptacles.<br />

Electrical power harnesses have<br />

capacity for 2 (1 in a 24"W panel) per<br />

panel side when ported. Non-base<br />

pathway power requires electrical<br />

mounting brackets.<br />

Electrical power<br />

harness accepts<br />

up to 2 duplex<br />

receptacles per<br />

panel side (24"W<br />

limited to 1) at<br />

base pathway.<br />

Integrated Power Pole<br />

accommodates power<br />

in-feed and<br />

communication/data lines<br />

Fiber optic cables<br />

can follow 90°<br />

turns at the<br />

intersection of<br />

panel runs.<br />

Ceiling in-feed connects<br />

to building electrical<br />

supply.<br />

Fiber optic and other data<br />

cabling can be routed through<br />

90° intersections.<br />

Beltline area<br />

accommodates<br />

power and data or<br />

communication<br />

lines.<br />

Electrical pass-thru<br />

harnesses have<br />

capacity for one<br />

duplex receptacle<br />

per panel side.<br />

Base pathway power in-feed<br />

mounts into any receptacle<br />

position in the base pathway<br />

area and is connected to the<br />

building electrical supply.<br />

42 Abound Pricer 9/2011


The Abound electrical<br />

systems<br />

Abound offers a choice of three<br />

electrical systems:<br />

• Four-circuit, 3+1<br />

• Four-circuit, 2+2<br />

• Three-circuit, separate neutrals<br />

All three systems utilize an 8-wire<br />

electrical system, rated at 20 amps<br />

per circuit (15 amps Canadian). See<br />

pages 44-45 for a detailed explanation<br />

of each electrical system.<br />

Abound frames and electrical<br />

components are UL Listed. Electrical<br />

components are also CSA certified.<br />

Installation and use of the<br />

electrical system, the number of<br />

receptacles used on a given circuit<br />

and connections to the building power<br />

supply should be in compliance with<br />

all local and national electrical codes.<br />

Caution: Electrical equipment<br />

cords or extension cords MUST<br />

NOT BE ROUTED through cable<br />

openings in frame sides.<br />

Abound’s electrical harnesses are UL<br />

listed and are considered raceways<br />

themselves as defined by the National<br />

Electrical Code. This means there is<br />

no separation requirement between<br />

the electrical harnesses and<br />

communications cables per Sec.<br />

800-52 of the National Electrical<br />

Code. Communication cables may be<br />

placed next to Abound’s electrical<br />

components without a metal septum<br />

and will still meet the guidelines of<br />

the Telecommunications Industry<br />

Association for separation of power<br />

and data.<br />

In-feeds<br />

Power in-feed cables deliver power<br />

from building to system. In-feed<br />

cables are housed in conduit to<br />

separate electrical system from<br />

communications and data lines.<br />

Integrated power and<br />

communications poles provide<br />

capacity for routing power supply<br />

directly through the top of any<br />

structural or stacking frame using<br />

same width trim/connector kit in place<br />

of top cap. Avoid glass or translucent<br />

tiles in upper position of frames with<br />

integrated power poles. Power pole<br />

has a cavity on each side of a center<br />

septum. When using a ceiling power<br />

in-feed, consider that the in-feed must<br />

connect into an electrical harness<br />

located in an adjacent panel. (See<br />

pages 48-50 for cable capacity.)<br />

Ceiling power in-feed connects to a<br />

prewired electrical harness in the<br />

beltline or base pathway, traverses<br />

through an adjacent panel and<br />

terminates in the junction box at the<br />

top of the integrated power pole. For<br />

use with integrated power pole<br />

models HEP65 and HEP35. No portion<br />

of the flex cable can be exposed after<br />

installation.<br />

Sealtight base pathway power<br />

in-feed attaches to a receptacle<br />

opening at the base pathway. A heavy<br />

rubber sheathing shields conduit,<br />

allowing in-feed to be exposed.<br />

Hardwire (New York Code) Power<br />

In-Feed (model H871400) is used<br />

when local electrical codes require<br />

hardwire entry. When used in 24W,<br />

30W and 36W panels, power can<br />

be routed only in one direction. When<br />

used in 42, 48W and 60W<br />

panels, an electrical pass-thru cable<br />

or harness for that panel width can be<br />

used to route power back in the<br />

opposite direction. Unit must connect<br />

to a power or pass-thru harness<br />

positioned in the base pathway area<br />

of an adjacent panel. Customer to<br />

furnish all cabling and wiring from<br />

power entry to power source. Junction<br />

box can be positioned at any duplex<br />

receptacle location.<br />

Abound Electrical and Data<br />

Hardwire (Chicago Code) Junction<br />

Box<br />

Wiring harnesses and snap connectors<br />

are not allowed in Chicago — base<br />

pathways must be comprised of all<br />

metallic components. Concealed<br />

mounting is the only option at<br />

beltline. For the base pathway,<br />

junction box (model HH873500) clips<br />

directly into receptacle locations.<br />

Customer must furnish conduit, wiring,<br />

standard duplex receptacles with<br />

metal covers for the beltline and<br />

designer-type receptacles for the base<br />

pathway. Power entry can be routed<br />

from the ceiling, via an Abound power<br />

pole, or from the floor into a junction<br />

box (model HH873500).<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 43


Abound Electrical and Data<br />

Power<br />

Power blocks on electrical power<br />

harness and pass-thru harness accept<br />

duplex receptacles.<br />

Electrical power harnesses are<br />

used to distribute power in panels.<br />

Abound electrical can be located at<br />

base pathway or beltline only.<br />

Connectors at both ends of power<br />

harnesses allow power distribution in<br />

either direction.<br />

Electrical pass-thru harnesses<br />

have capacity to handle one duplex<br />

receptacle on each side of the panel<br />

when exposed.<br />

A 60 pass-thru harness can be<br />

used to jump up to a single duplex<br />

receptacle per side at beltline and<br />

connecting to a power harness at<br />

base pathway.<br />

Electrical power harnesses and<br />

pass-thru cables cannot be routed at<br />

90 at beltline once frames are<br />

connected to connector blocks.<br />

Electrical pass-thru cables<br />

distribute power through any panel<br />

where receptacles are not required.<br />

Cable length cannot be stretched.<br />

Electrical jumper cables connect<br />

power from base pathway or beltline<br />

to a harness located on any horizontal<br />

member as needed. Jumper cable<br />

plugs into power block end of<br />

electrical power harness or electrical<br />

pass-thru harness.<br />

Model HH871366 is 66 to jumper<br />

up to 30 inches vertically – base<br />

pathway to beltline or beltline to base<br />

pathway.<br />

Jumper can also be used from<br />

beltline to adjacent beltline at 90<br />

juncture.<br />

Requires<br />

minimum of<br />

one power<br />

harness.<br />

Use of a ceiling<br />

in-feed or jumper at<br />

this location requires<br />

an additional power<br />

harness.<br />

All electrical power<br />

harnesses and pass-thru<br />

harnesses will stretch 3 1 ⁄ 2,<br />

allowing them to span “T” and<br />

“X” intersections and “S”<br />

extended straight connections.<br />

Power Blocks<br />

Base pathway mounting: Power<br />

blocks snap directly onto brackets in<br />

base pathway area.<br />

Beltline electrical mounting: For<br />

ported receptacles at beltline mount<br />

power blocks onto Electrical Mounting<br />

Brackets which screw into the panel<br />

frame. Electrical Mounting Brackets<br />

must be ordered separately.<br />

Data/Electrical Port Tiles must be<br />

used where exposed receptacles will<br />

be located.<br />

Requires<br />

minimum of<br />

two power<br />

harnesses.<br />

Receptacles<br />

Duplex receptacles snap into power<br />

blocks of power harnesses or passthrough<br />

harnesses. Duplexes are<br />

available in multiple colors. Each<br />

receptacle is labeled to indicate which<br />

circuit it will be connected to.<br />

Optional Stiffener Support<br />

Stiffener supports can be used to<br />

provide additional rigidity to a panel<br />

when fabric tiles are on both sides of<br />

the frame. May also be used for<br />

routing power/data at non-standard<br />

heights.<br />

44 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Lighting<br />

Task lights can be recessed under<br />

storage cabinets or storage shelves.<br />

Task lights in four sizes are<br />

available to correspond to cabinet or<br />

shelf width. They have 9 power cords<br />

in black, connected in the right rear<br />

corner. All models feature electronic<br />

ballast for longer bulb life and cooler<br />

operating temperature. Task lights<br />

with a fused plug to meet Chicago<br />

electrical code are also available.<br />

Recommendation: Provide a<br />

separate circuit for task lights for<br />

proper long-term operation without RF<br />

interference to computers that may be<br />

in use.<br />

Voice/Data Receptacles<br />

Abound not only provides space for<br />

large volumes of voice and data<br />

cables, it also offers several means of<br />

mounting commercially available voice<br />

and data components.<br />

Commercially available modular<br />

data faceplates can be mounted in<br />

vacant base receptacle openings or<br />

can be mounted in data/electrical port<br />

tiles above or below the worksurface.<br />

Wire managers have a self-adhesive<br />

backing that sticks to underside of<br />

worksurface. Flexible strips allow<br />

cabling to enter/exit and can be<br />

contained inside the 2-cavity profile.<br />

Abound Electrical and Data<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 45


Abound Electrical Specifying Information<br />

To Order:<br />

1. Determine which electrical system you will use<br />

after consulting your electrician and computer support<br />

personnel:<br />

• The Four-circuit system<br />

(4-Hot/2-Neutral/2-Ground)<br />

– 3 + 1 option<br />

– 2 + 2 option<br />

• The Three-circuit system<br />

(3-Hot/3-Neutral/2-Ground)<br />

Electrical System Options<br />

The four-circuit, eight-wire electrical system is widely specified and trusted by<br />

hundreds of thousands of end-users. This proven system delivers four circuits for<br />

every power infeed in either a3+1or2+2configuration. The isolated/<br />

dedicated circuits are ideal for sensitive computing equipment, while the<br />

common circuits are suitable for faxes, copiers, task lights and other peripherals.<br />

Four-circuit, 3 + 1 Receptacle Option<br />

Four-circuit, 2 + 2 Receptacle Option<br />

2. Determine location, quantity and circuit of duplexes.<br />

3. Determine the appropriate choice and use of Isolated,<br />

Isolated/Dedicated and Separate Neutral circuits.<br />

4. Specify appropriate Power Harnesses* and Pass-Thru Cables.*<br />

5. Determine the location, quantity and type of Power In-feed<br />

needed.<br />

* Select Power Harness models (HH8712XX) and Pass-Thru Cables<br />

(HH8711XX) with the last two digits being 1 (or 2) smaller<br />

than the associate panel width.<br />

Both the 3+1and2+2systems use the same pre-wired components, making it<br />

easy to adjust as electrical needs change.<br />

You can also choose a three-circuit, eight-wire system that has a dedicated<br />

neutral for every hot circuit. The three-circuit components have model numbers<br />

with an “A” suffix and appear in a gray box in this pricer.<br />

The 3 + 1 option is the electrical standard used by<br />

The <strong>HON</strong> Company for many years in most of their systems<br />

products. This wiring option provides three utility circuits plus an<br />

isolated/dedicated circuit for more sensitive equipment.<br />

The 2 + 2 option is a wiring option that provides two utility<br />

circuits and two isolated circuits for more extensive computer<br />

usage applications.<br />

46 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Three-circuit, separate neutrals<br />

Two 8-wire, 20 AMP (15 AMP Canadian) electrical systems are offered<br />

Electrical System Circuitry Receptacle Capacity<br />

Four-circuit<br />

4-Hot/2-Neutral/2-Ground<br />

(10 gauge neutral wires)<br />

Three-circuit<br />

3-Hot/3-Neutral/2-Ground<br />

(12 gauge neutral wires)<br />

3+1<br />

2+2<br />

w/separate<br />

neutrals<br />

Common<br />

Circuit-1<br />

HH873501<br />

Common<br />

Circuit-1<br />

HH873501<br />

Common<br />

Circuit-1<br />

HH873501A<br />

Common<br />

Circuit-2 (1)<br />

HH873502<br />

Common<br />

Circuit-2<br />

HH873502<br />

Common<br />

Circuit-2<br />

HH873502A<br />

The Three-circuit, separate neutrals configuration is a wiring option<br />

that provides separate neutrals for each of the three circuits. Two<br />

circuits share a common ground, and one circuit is<br />

isolated/dedicated. The three-circuit components have model<br />

numbers with an “A” suffix and appear in a gray box in this pricer.<br />

Common<br />

Circuit-3<br />

HH873503<br />

Isolated<br />

Circuit-3<br />

HH873506<br />

Iso/Dedicated<br />

Circuit-3<br />

HH873503A<br />

Iso/Dedicated<br />

Circuit-4<br />

HH873504<br />

Isolated<br />

Circuit-4<br />

HH873504<br />

(1) Circuit-2 (one of the 3 common circuits sharing a neutral wire) cannot be used with a single-phase building electrical supply.<br />

Typical power usage by the most commonly specified office equipment.<br />

Source: Industry Analysis, Inc., Rochester, NY<br />

EQUIPMENT AMPS<br />

Computers<br />

Personal Computer .....................3<br />

Notebook Computer ....................3<br />

Monitors<br />

13 Color Monitor .....................2<br />

17 Color Monitor .....................3<br />

21 Color Monitor .....................4<br />

EQUIPMENT AMPS<br />

Copiers<br />

Desktop Copier .......................15<br />

Console Copier .......................20<br />

Copier/Duplicator .....................30<br />

Printers<br />

Dot Matrix ...................less than 1<br />

InkJet .......................less than 1<br />

Personal Laser or LED ..................8<br />

Workgroup Laser or LED ..............15<br />

Abound Electrical Specifying Information<br />

N/A<br />

EQUIPMENT AMPS<br />

FAX Machines<br />

InkJet FAX ...................less than 1<br />

Thermal FAX .................less than 1<br />

Plain paper FAX .......................8<br />

Task Lights<br />

36 T8 Fluorescent .............0.2/bulb<br />

48 T8 Fluorescent .............0.3/bulb<br />

Notes:<br />

• Four-circuit components and three-circuit components (with<br />

suffix “A”) cannot be used together.<br />

• Components of the two systems are keyed differently to<br />

prevent components of one system from being connected to<br />

components of another system.<br />

• <strong>HON</strong> Cat. Nos. are printed on the UL labels, and<br />

components are color-coded to provide visual identification<br />

of the different components.<br />

• Four-circuit components have black plastic parts.<br />

• Three-circuit components have rust-colored terminal ends<br />

and receptacle backs are rust colored.<br />

Duplex Receptacles<br />

15 AMP Receptacle<br />

20 AMP Receptacle<br />

(Required by some<br />

large copiers.)<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 47


Abound Electrical Specifying Information<br />

• Abound panels are UL listed.<br />

• Electrical components are UL Listed and<br />

CSA Certified.<br />

• It is the customer’s responsibility to ensure<br />

that use of the pre-wired electrical system,<br />

the number of receptacles used on a given<br />

circuit, and connection to a building power<br />

source, be in compliance with all local and<br />

national electrical codes.<br />

Definition of components:<br />

Electrical Power Harness<br />

Electrical Power Harness<br />

Model HH871242<br />

for 42W Panels<br />

• Contact Customer Service for additional<br />

information.<br />

• Pedestals and Lateral Files, positioned<br />

under worksurfaces, may render some<br />

receptacles inaccessible, and may prohibit<br />

use of grommets.<br />

• Used to distribute power in panels.<br />

• Power distribution in either direction.<br />

• Specify Power Harness to match panel width.<br />

• Double-sided: receptacles can be inserted into both sides of Power Blocks.<br />

Three-way panel connections require at least one power harness.<br />

4-way panel connections require at least two power harnesses.<br />

Electrical Pass-Thru Cables<br />

Pass-Thru Cable<br />

Model HH871142<br />

for 42W Panels<br />

Pass-Thru Cable With Duplex Capacity:<br />

• Use in panels where multiple receptacles are not required.<br />

• Added feature: has capacity for one receptacle on each side of a panel.<br />

Feature offers future expansion and is an alternative to Power Harnesses.<br />

Various Electrical Layouts<br />

Straight Line 90 Degree Corner<br />

“T” Connection “X” or Cross Connection<br />

When ending power in two<br />

return panels, wiring pigtails<br />

must be returned to original<br />

panel run.<br />

To power a 4-way panel<br />

connection from one direction,<br />

specify at least two double block<br />

harnesses.<br />

One harness required<br />

• Four-circuit components and Three-circuit<br />

components (with suffix “A”) cannot be<br />

used together. See pages 46-47.<br />

A licensed electrician must make<br />

connections to a building electrical<br />

supply.<br />

Duplex Receptacles<br />

• 15 amp outlet configuration.<br />

• Models HH873601 and HH873601A have a<br />

20 amp outlet configuration.<br />

• Fit back-to-back into the Power Block(s) of<br />

Power and Pass-Thru Harnesses.<br />

• Labeled with the provided circuit. Circuits<br />

connected to the Isolated Ground are<br />

identified with an orange triangle; circuits<br />

that do not share a neutral or ground have<br />

an orange circuit number.<br />

Three-way panel connections require<br />

at least one power harness.<br />

4-way panel connections require at<br />

least two power harnesses.<br />

Power In-Feed (Base) Models HH879072 (72) and HH879168 (168)<br />

• Used to connect the panel electrical system<br />

to the building electrical supply at a power<br />

block.<br />

• Plugs into any receptacle position; can<br />

be rotated Left or Right.<br />

• Conduit is UL listed Black Liquid-tight<br />

conduit (outside diameter is 7 ⁄ 8).<br />

A licensed electrician must make<br />

connections to a building electrical supply.<br />

Must be positioned through a receptacle<br />

opening in the baserail cover, prior to an<br />

electrician connecting to the power source.<br />

Power In-Feed Model (Ceiling) HH871912 and HH871972<br />

• Used to connect the panel electrical system to the building<br />

electrical supply.<br />

A licensed electrician must make connections to a building<br />

electrical supply.<br />

Model uses UL recognized flex-cable conduit — no portion<br />

can be left exposed (i.e., must be in a power pole).<br />

Power Pole HEP35/HEP36 must be ordered separately.<br />

Note: In-feed cables listed above may be field-cut to desired length.<br />

HH871972<br />

Electrical Jumper Cables<br />

When used to connect power between the base pathway and<br />

the beltline area, the jumper must be connected to a power<br />

block at one end of a run, routed into an adjacent panel that<br />

does not contain a power harness, then routed back into the<br />

panel containing a power harness or pass-thru cable and<br />

connected to a power harness in the other pathway. HH871366<br />

Electrical Mounting Brackets<br />

• Use to mount ported receptacles at beltline.<br />

• Screw into the panel frame.<br />

One mounting bracket required at beltline for each 24W<br />

pass-thru or power harness. Two required for 30-60W<br />

power harness.<br />

HH8988EBN<br />

48 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Lay-in Cable Capacity<br />

Base Pathway Receptacle Locations<br />

The top and base pathway allow<br />

continuous voice and data lines to run<br />

through and between panels without<br />

interruption. Lay-in is provided for<br />

environments where systems furniture<br />

or cabling are subject to frequent<br />

change.<br />

End View<br />

8 cables<br />

Top pathway accepts up to 8<br />

voice/data cables (.25 dia.).<br />

Top View<br />

3 cables<br />

Variable height junctions accept up<br />

to 3 voice/data cables (.25 dia.).<br />

74 cables<br />

Abound base pathway<br />

accepts up to 74 voice/data cables<br />

(.25 dia.) (6.03 sq. in.) at 60% fill.<br />

Circuit Usage<br />

Strategy 1<br />

Circuits to Equipment<br />

Assign specific uses for each<br />

of the circuits:<br />

• For example, in a four-circuit<br />

system:<br />

Circuit 1 — Calculators, fans,<br />

etc.<br />

Circuit 2 — Task lights (could<br />

be wired to wall switch)<br />

Circuit 3 — Computer<br />

monitors<br />

Circuit 4 — CPUs<br />

Strategy 2<br />

Circuits to Workstations<br />

Assign specific workstations to<br />

each of the three available<br />

circuits. Use circuit 4 for<br />

power-sensitive electronic<br />

equipment.<br />

Placement of pedestals and lateral files may render some duplex locations<br />

inaccessible. Pedestal placement may also affect compatibility with pull-up<br />

receptacles.<br />

27 cables<br />

When electrical system shares<br />

base pathway, the cable capacity in<br />

Abound is reduced to 27 cables (2.25<br />

sq. in.). Cable quantities listed are at<br />

60% fill ratio.<br />

Working with Cable Management<br />

70 cables<br />

Cable capacity of the power pole,<br />

in addition to electrical in-feed is 2.79<br />

sq. in. on one side and 2.91 sq. in. on<br />

the other for a total capacity of 69<br />

cables of .25 diameter.<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 49


Abound Electrical and Data<br />

Abound<br />

String-in Capacity<br />

Openings in frame sides permit<br />

electrical data and communication<br />

cables to be run between frames in<br />

Abound. Using tackable acoustical<br />

tiles, the beltline pathway<br />

accommodates up to 62 cables (.25<br />

dia) or 46 cables with electrical<br />

components installed.<br />

DO NOT run electrical equipment<br />

or extension cords through cable<br />

openings in frame sides. Use<br />

beltline or base-mounted<br />

electrical system for all electrical<br />

supply.<br />

Vertical Capacity<br />

Vertical Capacity Through panel Frames<br />

Panel<br />

Width<br />

Horizontal Capacity of Abound Frames*<br />

13 ⁄16”<br />

3 1 ⁄8”<br />

3 1 ⁄8”<br />

8 1 ⁄4”<br />

*46 cables with electrical installed<br />

at beltline. 62 cables without<br />

electrical installed at beltline.<br />

Qty. of .25 Cables<br />

at 45% Fill Ratio<br />

See Detail<br />

Qty. of .25 Cables<br />

at 60% Fill Ratio<br />

65” 50” 42”<br />

3”<br />

Total Space<br />

(sq. in.)<br />

Abound 24 – 60W 48 64 5.26<br />

.830”<br />

Cables can enter/exit panel<br />

through underside of base pathway at<br />

juncture between frames. Openings<br />

are sized as follows (in sq. in.):<br />

Straight<br />

connection 6.0<br />

“S” Extended<br />

Straight<br />

Connection 10.0<br />

“L” 90<br />

Connection 8.9<br />

“T” Connection 15.9<br />

“X” Connection 17.9<br />

“Y” Connection —<br />

When leveling glides are fully<br />

retracted, panel-to-floor clearance is<br />

7 ⁄ 16. This may affect the volume of<br />

cabling that can be fed into the<br />

frame from the bottom of the<br />

pathway.<br />

• A 60% fill ratio is achievable;<br />

however, when electrical<br />

components are installed in the<br />

beltline area, cabling capacity<br />

through the beltline area will be<br />

limited to approximately 45% fill<br />

ratio.<br />

50 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Duplex receptacles on page 53. ➤ Data/Electrical Port Kit used for field<br />

installations of additional data<br />

accessories.<br />

SIN 711-1<br />

Use when local codes require<br />

Description<br />

Four-circuit components and<br />

three-circuit components (with<br />

“A” suffix) not designed to be<br />

used together. See pages 46-47.<br />

To connect power between the<br />

base pathway and the beltline<br />

area, four-circuit jumper cables<br />

(H8713xx) must be connected to a<br />

power block at one end of a run,<br />

routed into an adjacent panel that<br />

contains no power harness, then<br />

routed back into the panel that<br />

contains a power harness (or<br />

pass-thru cable), and connected<br />

to a power harness in the other<br />

pathway.<br />

Max. Recept. Cap.<br />

per Panel Side<br />

Four-circuit<br />

3+1<br />

2+2<br />

Three-circuit,<br />

Separate<br />

Neutrals<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

Electrical Power Harnesses, Frames — w/duplex capacity<br />

For 24W 1 HH871224 HH871224A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 167<br />

For 30W 2 HH871230 HH871230A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 167<br />

For 36W 2 HH871236 HH871236A 2.5 s 0.5 $ 167<br />

For 42W 2 HH871242 HH871242A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 176<br />

For 48W 2 HH871248 HH871248A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 176<br />

For 60W 2 HH871260 HH871260A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 176<br />

Electrical Pass-Thru Cables, Frames — w/duplex capacity<br />

For 24W 1 HH871124 HH871124A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 102<br />

For 30W 1 HH871130 HH871130A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 102<br />

For 36W 1 HH871136 HH871136A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 102<br />

For 42W 1 HH871142 HH871142A 2.5 s 0.5 $ 108<br />

For 48W 1 HH871148 HH871148A 2.5 s 0.5 $ 108<br />

For 60W 1 HH871160 HH871160A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 108<br />

Electrical Pass-Thru Harness without Power Block<br />

For 24W Frames 0 HH871024 HH871024A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 95<br />

For 30W Frames 0 HH871030 HH871030A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 95<br />

For 36W Frames 0 HH871036 HH871036A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 95<br />

For 42W Frames 0 HH871042 HH871042A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 99<br />

For 48W Frames 0 HH871048 HH871048A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 99<br />

For 60W Frames 0 HH871060 HH871060A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 99<br />

For 72W Frame Runs 0 HH871072 HH871072A 4.0 s 0.5 $ 139<br />

For 96W Frame Runs 0 HH871096 HH871096A 5.0 s 0.5 $ 166<br />

For 120W Frame Runs 0 HH8710120 HH8710120A 6.0 s 0.5 $ 195<br />

For 144W Frame Runs 0 HH8710144 HH8710144A 7.0 s 0.5 $ 219<br />

Electrical Jumper Cables<br />

Jumper for up to 36 vertical jump, 66 long HH871366 HH871366A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 111<br />

Power In-Feed Cables — Base In-Feed<br />

72 long conduit, Sealtight Cable — 7 ⁄ 8 diameter HH879072 HH879072A 4.5 s 0.3 $ 186<br />

168 long conduit, Sealtight Cable — 7 ⁄ 8 diameter HH879168 HH879168A 9.0 s 0.4 $ 437<br />

Ceiling In-Feed<br />

144 long conduit, Flex Cable — 7 ⁄ 8 dia. HH871912 HH871912A 4.0 s 0.5 $ 193<br />

216 long conduit, Flex Cable — 7 ⁄ 8 dia. HH871918 HH871918A 4.0 s 0.5 $ 252<br />

Must be used with Power Pole. Power in-feed models HH871912 and HH871918 plug into the end of any power block. No portion of the<br />

cable can be exposed after installation.<br />

Hardwire Applications<br />

Hardwire Power In-feed HH871400 HH871400A 4.0 s 0.3 $ 182<br />

Customer to furnish all cabling and wiring from power entry to power source (approved for use by city of New York).<br />

Hardwire Junction Box (6-pack) HH873500 4.5 s 0.2 $ 364<br />

NOTES: Junction box can be positioned at any Duplex Receptacle location: 24W panel = 1 receptacle on one side of the panel; 30W-60W panels = 2<br />

receptacles, 1 on each side or 2 on one side.<br />

Customer must furnish conduit, wiring and designer type receptacles. (Approved for use by city of Chicago.)<br />

Data/Electrical Port Kit<br />

Specify color HHT2DP 1.0 s 0.1 $ 17<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H H 8 7 1 0 4 8 . P<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Electrical Components<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 51


Abound Electrical Components GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Cable ports accommodate up to<br />

four individual voice and data<br />

outlets, and can be mounted<br />

anywhere there is an electrical<br />

receptacle opening.<br />

Specify paint<br />

➤ AMP Data Faceplates attach to<br />

bottom of panel or at worksurface<br />

height in front of baserail covers for<br />

easy cable routing.<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

Integrated Power Pole<br />

For 35H-50H Frames. Poles are 78H. HEP35 9 s 0.6 $ 304 $ 304<br />

For 65H-95H Frames. Poles are 52H.<br />

NOTES: Power Pole includes ceiling trim piece.<br />

HEP65 6 s 0.4 $ 214 $ 214<br />

Power Pole Trim Kit<br />

24W HRVP24P 2 s 0.3 $ 101 $ 101<br />

30W HRVP30P 3 s 0.4 $ 107 $ 107<br />

36W HRVP36P 4 s 0.5 $ 113 $ 113<br />

42W HRVP42P 5 s 0.5 $ 116 $ 116<br />

48W HRVP48P 6 s 0.6 $ 120 $ 120<br />

60W HRVP60P 7 s 0.7 $ 127 $ 127<br />

Electrical Mounting Brackets (pack of 12) HH8988EBN 3 s 0.1 $ 49<br />

1 bracket required at beltline for each pass-thru harness and 24W power harness and 2 for 30-60W power harness.<br />

Cable Management Tray<br />

24 HHCMT24 2 s 0.3 $ 58<br />

36 HHCMT36 3 s 0.4 $ 71<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H R V P 2 4 P . T 4<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

52 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Cable ports accommodate up to<br />

four individual voice and data<br />

outlets, and can be mounted<br />

anywhere there is an electrical<br />

receptacle opening.<br />

Each marked with<br />

Circuit Number<br />

Black only<br />

Black only<br />

Black only<br />

HHTADF3 HHTADF4<br />

HHTADJ5<br />

➤ AMP Data Faceplates attach to<br />

bottom of panel in front of baserail<br />

covers for easy cable routing.<br />

Description<br />

Four-circuit components and<br />

three-circuit components (with<br />

“A” suffix) not designed to be<br />

used together. See pages 46-47.<br />

Maximum Receptacle Capacity in<br />

Abound Panel Base Raceways<br />

Widths 24 30 36 42 48 60<br />

Maximum of<br />

1 duplex<br />

per panel side X<br />

Maximum of<br />

2 duplexes<br />

per panel side X X X X X<br />

Four-circuit<br />

3+1<br />

2+2<br />

Three-circuit,<br />

Separate<br />

Neutrals<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

Duplex Receptacles<br />

Circuit 1 HH873501 HH873501A 0.5 s 0.1 $ 32<br />

Circuit 2 HH873502 HH873502A 0.5 s 0.1 $ 32<br />

Circuit 3 HH873503 HH873503A 0.5 s 0.1 $ 32<br />

Circuit 4 HH873504 0.5 s 0.1 $ 32<br />

Circuit 1 — 20 amp outlet HH871601 HH871601A 1.0 s 0.1 $ 32<br />

Circuit 3 (2 + 2) HH873506 HH873506A 0.5 s 0.1 $ 32<br />

Specify color.<br />

Description Model<br />

Communication Dome<br />

• Standard with 2 receptacles and openings for 2 data ports.<br />

• 6black power cord.<br />

• Fits into standard <strong>HON</strong> grommet or can clamp onto 4 overhang on desking, table, worksurface.<br />

• Attaches to Initiate panels via slots in panel.<br />

Available in Black (P) only.<br />

Electrical Strip<br />

• Includes 4 outlets, 10 cord.<br />

• Extension cords with outlet strip that clips to bottom of non-raceway panels.<br />

• Provides one 20 AMP circuit.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

HHD2R2D 1.0 s 0.2 $ 174<br />

HHES410 10.0 s 0.5 $ 185<br />

Wire Manager<br />

• HHEM model clips to bottom of panels. HHEM620 (62L) 10.0 s 0.5 $ 84<br />

• HHEV model has self-adhesive backing. Attaches to panels and underside of worksurfaces. HHEV920 (92L) 10.0 s 0.5 $ 93<br />

• Slits in wire manager allows cable to be passed into unit.<br />

AMP Data Faceplates<br />

Three-port flex-mode faceplate HAADF3 1.0 s 0.2 $ 16<br />

Four-port flex-mode faceplate HAADF4 1.0 s 0.2 $ 16<br />

NOTES: Data faceplates available in Almond (E3) and Black (E4).<br />

AMP RJ45 CAT 5E Jack — Black (P) HHTADJ5 1.0 s 0.1 $ 30<br />

AMP RJ45 CAT 6 Jack — Black (P) HHTADJ6 1.0 s 0.1 $ 41<br />

Models HHTADJ5 and HHTADJ6 snap into faceplate.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H H 8 7 3 5 0 1 . P<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Electrical Components<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 53


Working with Worksurfaces and Supports<br />

Worksurfaces are 1 1 ⁄ 4 thick with particle<br />

board core and with top surfaces finished<br />

in high-pressure laminate. Bottom surfaces<br />

are covered with a backer sheet.<br />

Worksurface bracket<br />

kits support<br />

worksurface by<br />

attaching to an<br />

adjacent return panel<br />

the same width as the<br />

worksurface depth.<br />

Brackets allow one<br />

end of a worksurface<br />

to be supported by<br />

a panel return.<br />

Cantilever brackets can be<br />

inserted into panel reveals in<br />

1" vertical increments. Left or<br />

right handed. One size is used<br />

for both 24"D and 30"D<br />

worksurfaces. 18" Cantilever<br />

brackets are used for 18"D<br />

worksurfaces. DO NOT USE<br />

cantilever brackets at the end<br />

of a worksurface where a<br />

return panel is positioned.<br />

Primary worksurfaces are available<br />

in 18, 24 and 30 depths.<br />

Nominal worksurface width is equal<br />

to nominal panel width. 66W to<br />

72W include a rear center support<br />

bracket. Other support hardware is<br />

ordered separately.<br />

Corner worksurfaces with<br />

woodgrain laminate have grain<br />

direction diagonal to adjacent<br />

worksurfaces. One rear center support<br />

bracket is included. All other support<br />

hardware is ordered separately.<br />

Wire management grommets are standard in most<br />

worksurfaces (unless scalloped or “no grommet”<br />

worksurfaces selected).<br />

Flat brackets can<br />

be used to<br />

connect one<br />

worksurface<br />

perpendicular to<br />

another<br />

worksurface.<br />

Corner Dual-Surface<br />

Worksurfaces provide maximum<br />

worksurface adjustability for seated<br />

individuals of all heights. Corner dualsurface<br />

worksurfaces can be mounted<br />

to panel at any basic product height.<br />

Corner worksurface must match<br />

exactly, the panel behind them. Two<br />

mounting brackets and one small flat<br />

bracket ship standard. Requires<br />

adjustable height mechanism, ordered<br />

separately.<br />

Corner worksurfaces optimize use of<br />

space, and provide a convenient location for<br />

computer and monitor.<br />

End-panel supports are<br />

used at the end of a run<br />

when no return panel is<br />

present. Straight<br />

worksurfaces adjacent to<br />

120° connections must be<br />

supported by full end<br />

panels. Leveling glides<br />

provide 23⁄4" of adjustment.<br />

Support legs are used to support<br />

worksurfaces only in a shared<br />

position.<br />

Wire management grommets are<br />

standard in most worksurfaces.<br />

Grommets are available in the same<br />

colors as t-mold and edgeband.<br />

Worksurfaces less than 48W have<br />

one grommet/scallop centered on<br />

edge of worksurface. Rectangular<br />

worksurfaces over 42W have two<br />

grommets/scallops. Peninsulas have<br />

one grommet or scallop. Corner<br />

Worksurfaces have one grommet or<br />

two scallops (one on each back edge).<br />

D-Shaped worksurfaces and<br />

countertops do not have grommets or<br />

scallops.<br />

Primary worksurfaces include cantilever<br />

brackets for mounting to frames.<br />

Edgeband and T-Mold Edge trim is<br />

available on laminate tops in nine<br />

standard colors (customer specified) to<br />

match solid laminates and to<br />

complement patterned or woodgrain<br />

laminates. Edgeband is also available<br />

in seven woodgrain options.<br />

Edgeband Profile<br />

T-Mold Edge Profile<br />

54 Abound Pricer 9/2011<br />

“<br />


Optional width worksurfaces are<br />

available for use with panel runs<br />

having a TEE or Extended Straight<br />

connection.<br />

Worksurfaces can be configured at<br />

29 1 ⁄ 2 with end-panel supports and<br />

support legs, or at various heights on<br />

1 increments using specific product<br />

configurations.<br />

Worksurface support options<br />

include:<br />

Open leg models<br />

Support column<br />

Flat brackets<br />

Worksurface bracket kit<br />

Cantilever bracket<br />

Universal support leg<br />

End-panel support<br />

Freestanding pedestal<br />

Worksurface bracket kit allows<br />

one end of a worksurface to be<br />

supported by a return panel. Return<br />

panel width must be the same as the<br />

depth of the worksurface.<br />

Flat brackets can be used to connect<br />

one worksurface perpendicular to<br />

another work-surface.<br />

Cantilever brackets are left or right<br />

handed. They can be inserted into<br />

panel reveals in 1 vertical<br />

increments. One size is used for both<br />

24 and 30D worksurfaces. 18<br />

Cantilever brackets are used for 18D<br />

worksurfaces. Cantilevers are shipped<br />

with worksurface and do not need to<br />

be specified. Both left and right<br />

brackets are required in shared<br />

applications.<br />

Important: Do not use cantilever<br />

brackets at the end of a worksurface<br />

where no 90 return panel is<br />

positioned.<br />

Working with Worksurfaces and Supports<br />

Universal support legs are used to<br />

support worksurfaces only in a shared<br />

position.<br />

End-panel supports are used in<br />

place of return panels at the end of<br />

worksurface runs. Straight<br />

worksurfaces adjacent to 120<br />

connections must be supported by full<br />

end panels. End-panel supports are<br />

ordered for right- or left-handed<br />

application. Leveling glides provide<br />

1 1 ⁄ 2 of adjustment.<br />

Open Leg models are used to support<br />

various worksurface configurations<br />

and include attaching hardware and<br />

leveling glides.<br />

Freestanding pedestals can also be<br />

used to support one end of a panelattached<br />

worksurface in conjunction<br />

with worksurface bracket.<br />

D-Shaped, Peninsula and Jetty<br />

worksurfaces require support<br />

columns (ordered separately).<br />

Countertops are available in straight<br />

or corner configurations. Mounting<br />

hardware is included.<br />

Corner shelves are available in<br />

T-Mold or Edgeband options.<br />

Attachment brackets are included.<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 55


Systems Worksurfaces — Primary GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />

of laminate on 11 ➤ T-Mold or Edgeband options.<br />

➤ Models up to 42W are standard<br />

⁄ 8 solid core<br />

high-performance particleboard.<br />

with one centered grommet. Models<br />

48W and wider are standard with<br />

two grommets.<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

W=panel width<br />

D=worksurface depth<br />

➤ Two cantilevers and one small flat<br />

bracket are standard with each<br />

worksurface. Use cantilevers to<br />

mount worksurface on panel.<br />

➤ 24W worksurfaces do not have a<br />

grommet.<br />

Description Model<br />

66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />

require one or more of the<br />

following: worksurface support<br />

brackets, end panel, universal<br />

support leg or pedestal support in<br />

conjunction with cantilever<br />

brackets.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

When a run of worksurfaces<br />

equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />

panel support is required for<br />

worksurface structural<br />

assurance.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Primary and/or Return Worksurfaces<br />

24W x18D HWR1824(?) 23 s 2.1 $ 245 $ 298<br />

30W x18D HWR1830(?) 28 s 2.1 $ 253 $ 308<br />

36W x18D HWR1836(?) 35 s 2.5 $ 262 $ 319<br />

42W x18D HWR1842(?) 39 s 2.8 $ 270 $ 329<br />

48W x18D HWR1848(?) 44 s 3.2 $ 296 $ 362<br />

54W x18D HWR1854(?) 48 4.0 $ 328 $ 400<br />

60W x18D HWR1860(?) 53 4.0 $ 336 $ 410<br />

66W x18D HWR1866(?) 65 4.7 $ 360 $ 439<br />

72W x18D HWR1872(?) 67 4.7 $ 368 $ 450<br />

24W x24D HWR2424(?) 31 s 2.2 $ 249 $ 304<br />

30W x24D HWR2430(?) 37 s 2.2 $ 257 $ 318<br />

36W x24D HWR2436(?) 46 s 2.5 $ 267 $ 342<br />

42W x24D HWR2442(?) 52 s 2.5 $ 308 $ 374<br />

48W x24D HWR2448(?) 58 s 3.3 $ 326 $ 396<br />

54W x24D HWR2454(?) 64 4.0 $ 345 $ 418<br />

60W x24D HWR2460(?) 70 4.0 $ 375 $ 463<br />

66W x24D HWR2466(?) 86 4.8 $ 399 $ 495<br />

72W x24D HWR2472(?) 89 4.8 $ 418 $ 512<br />

24W x30D HWR3024(?) 47 s 2.2 $ 262 $ 318<br />

30W x30D HWR3030(?) 56 s 2.6 $ 265 $ 362<br />

36W x30D HWR3036(?) 62 3.1 $ 287 $ 382<br />

42W x30D HWR3042(?) 64 3.6 $ 333 $ 404<br />

48W x30D HWR3048(?) 68 4.0 $ 349 $ 425<br />

54W x30D HWR3054(?) 80 5.0 $ 376 $ 456<br />

60W x30D HWR3060(?) 101 5.0 $ 411 $ 503<br />

66W x30D HWR3066(?) 105 6.0 $ 434 $ 535<br />

72W x30D HWR3072(?) 105 6.0 $ 461 $ 571<br />

NOTES: Add “B” prefix and “T” suffix to the Model Number for primary worksurfaces to span a TEE or EXTENDED STRAIGHT connection. Add upcharge<br />

of $25 List per model. Specifying Example for TEE or EXTENDED STRAIGHT tops: BHWR2424TT.K7.K.T1.C.TQ.<br />

Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet option: HWR2424TN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Grommet<br />

Color<br />

See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

Ship with Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

X Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from<br />

list price)<br />

H W R 2 4 2 4 T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

56 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />

of laminate on 11 ➤ All models are standard with scallops<br />

for wire management; 42W or less<br />

have one centered, 48W or greater<br />

have two.<br />

⁄ 8 solid core ➤ No grommet option specified on<br />

high-performance particleboard. grommet models. See page 56.<br />

➤ All worksurfaces load tested to ➤ Cantilever brackets are included with<br />

BIFMA standards.<br />

each worksurface for mounting<br />

➤ Order worksurfaces to<br />

panels.<br />

correspond to width of panel<br />

behind them.<br />

1.0"<br />

6.9"<br />

Wire Management<br />

Scallop Detail<br />

W=panel width<br />

D=worksurface depth<br />

Worksurfaces not designed to be<br />

used on Simplicity II.<br />

66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />

require one or more of the<br />

following: worksurface support<br />

brackets, end panel, universal<br />

support leg or pedestal support in<br />

conjunction with cantilever<br />

brackets.<br />

Description Model<br />

The use of an end panel at the<br />

end of a worksurface will<br />

increase the rigidity of the<br />

workstation. If the panel is a<br />

greater dimension than the<br />

worksurface, an end panel is<br />

required if the run of the<br />

worksurfaces is 8 feet or greater.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

When an installation of<br />

worksurfaces is 8 feet or greater,<br />

a full end panel or universal<br />

support leg must be used at 90<br />

degree panel junctions or in a<br />

shared position to support<br />

adjoining worksurfaces.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Primary and/or Return Worksurfaces<br />

24W x18D HWR1824S(?) 23 s 2.1 $ 231 $ 282<br />

30W x18D HWR1830S(?) 28 s 2.1 $ 238 $ 291<br />

36W x18D HWR1836S(?) 35 s 2.5 $ 247 $ 300<br />

42W x18D HWR1842S(?) 39 s 2.8 $ 255 $ 311<br />

48W x18D HWR1848S(?) 44 s 3.2 $ 280 $ 340<br />

54W x18D HWR1854S(?) 48 s 4.0 $ 309 $ 377<br />

60W x18D HWR1860S(?) 53 s 4.0 $ 318 $ 384<br />

66W x18D HWR1866S(?) 65 s 4.7 $ 339 $ 410<br />

72W x18D HWR1872S(?) 67 s 4.7 $ 348 $ 420<br />

24W x24D HWR2424S(?) 31 s 2.2 $ 234 $ 287<br />

30W x24D HWR2430S(?) 37 s 2.2 $ 243 $ 300<br />

36W x24D HWR2436S(?) 46 s 2.5 $ 253 $ 323<br />

42W x24D HWR2442S(?) 52 s 2.9 $ 289 $ 353<br />

48W x24D HWR2448S(?) 58 s 3.3 $ 305 $ 373<br />

54W x24D HWR2454S(?) 64 s 4.0 $ 326 $ 394<br />

60W x24D HWR2460S(?) 70 s 4.0 $ 351 $ 437<br />

66W x24D HWR2466S(?) 86 s 4.8 $ 379 $ 467<br />

72W x24D HWR2472S(?) 89 s 4.8 $ 393 $ 484<br />

24W x30D HWR3024S(?) 47 s 2.2 $ 246 $ 298<br />

30W x30D HWR3030S(?) 56 s 2.6 $ 249 $ 338<br />

36W x30D HWR3036S(?) 62 3.1 $ 267 $ 358<br />

42W x30D HWR3042S(?) 64 3.6 $ 312 $ 377<br />

48W x30D HWR3048S(?) 68 4.0 $ 327 $ 398<br />

54W x30D HWR3054S(?) 80 5.0 $ 352 $ 427<br />

60W x30D HWR3060S(?) 101 5.0 $ 383 $ 471<br />

66W x30D HWR3066S(?) 105 6.0 $ 407 $ 500<br />

72W x30D HWR3072S(?) 105 6.0 $ 431 $ 534<br />

NOTES: Add prefix “B” and suffix “F” to the Model Number for primary worksurfaces to span a TEE or EXTENDED STRAIGHT connection. Add 2 to the<br />

worksurface. Add upcharge of $25 List per model. Specifying Example for TEE or EXTENDED STRAIGHT tops: BHW2424STF.K7.T1.C.T1.<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Primary<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

X Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from list<br />

price)<br />

H W 2 4 2 4 S T . K 7 . T 1 . C . T 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 57


Systems Worksurfaces — Rudder GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />

laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ Includes one cantilever bracket.<br />

Specify paint.<br />

➤ Order support column separately —<br />

see page 79.<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ T-Mold or Edgeband edges.<br />

➤ Can also be attached perpendicular<br />

to a primary worksurface using Flat<br />

or “Z” Brackets.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Rudder Worksurfaces — Left<br />

48A x24B x32C x16 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2448L(?) 68 5.7 $ 626 $ 764<br />

54A x24B x32C x22 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2454L(?) 80 5.7 $ 634 $ 774<br />

60A x24B x32C x28 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2460L(?) 92 5.7 $ 643 $ 784<br />

66A x24B x32C x34 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2466L(?) 105 6.8 $ 651 $ 795<br />

72A x24B x32C x40 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2472L(?) 110 6.8 $ 660 $ 805<br />

48A x30B x38C x19 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3048L(?) 78 7.9 $ 683 $ 833<br />

54A x30B x38C x25 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3054L(?) 96 7.9 $ 763 $ 930<br />

60A x30B x38C x31 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3060L(?) 114 7.9 $ 771 $ 940<br />

66A x30B x38C x37 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3066L(?) 124 7.9 $ 779 $ 950<br />

72A x30B x38C x43 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3072L(?) 131 7.9 $ 787 $ 960<br />

Rudder Worksurfaces — Right<br />

48A x24B x32C x16 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2448R(?) 68 5.7 $ 626 $ 764<br />

54A x24B x32C x22 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2454R(?) 80 5.7 $ 634 $ 774<br />

60A x24B x32C x28 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2460R(?) 92 5.7 $ 643 $ 784<br />

66A x24B x32C x34 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2466R(?) 105 6.8 $ 651 $ 795<br />

72A x24B x32C x40 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2472R(?) 110 6.8 $ 660 $ 805<br />

48A x30B x38C x191 ⁄ 2D HWR3048R(?) 78 7.9 $ 683 $ 833<br />

54A x30B x38C x251 ⁄ 2D HWR3054R(?) 96 7.9 $ 763 $ 930<br />

60A x30B x38C x311 ⁄ 2D HWR3060R(?) 114 7.9 $ 771 $ 940<br />

66A x30B x38C x371 ⁄ 2D HWR3066R(?) 124 7.9 $ 779 $ 950<br />

72A x30B x38C x431 ⁄ 2D HWR3072R(?) 131 7.9 $ 787 $ 960<br />

NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />

HWR2448LTN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />

C<br />

A<br />

D<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge<br />

Color<br />

B<br />

B<br />

D<br />

Select Grommet<br />

Color<br />

See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />

A<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

X<br />

Ship with<br />

Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from<br />

list price)<br />

H W R 2 4 4 8 L T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

C<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

58 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

1.0"<br />

6.9"<br />

Wire Management<br />

Scallop Detail<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />

laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ Includes one cantilever bracket.<br />

Specify paint.<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ Can also be attached perpendicular<br />

to a primary worksurface using Flat<br />

or “Z” Brackets.<br />

➤ See page 79 for support column.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Worksurfaces not designed to be<br />

used on Simplicity II.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Rudder Scalloped Worksurfaces — Left<br />

48A x24B x32C x16 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2448LS(?) 68 5.7 $ 590 $ 719<br />

54A x24B x32C x22 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2454LS(?) 80 5.7 $ 598 $ 729<br />

60A x24B x32C x28 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2460LS(?) 92 5.7 $ 606 $ 739<br />

66A x24B x32C x34 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2466LS(?) 105 6.8 $ 613 $ 748<br />

72A x24B x32C x40 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2472LS(?) 110 6.8 $ 622 $ 759<br />

48A x30B x38C x19 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3048LS(?) 78 7.9 $ 643 $ 779<br />

54A x30B x38C x25 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3054LS(?) 96 7.9 $ 718 $ 870<br />

60A x30B x38C x31 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3060LS(?) 114 7.9 $ 726 $ 879<br />

66A x30B x38C x37 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3066LS(?) 124 7.9 $ 734 $ 888<br />

72A x30B x38C x43 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3072LS(?) 131 7.9 $ 742 $ 899<br />

Rudder Scalloped Worksurfaces — Right<br />

48A x24B x32C x16 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2448RS(?) 68 5.7 $ 590 $ 719<br />

54A x24B x32C x22 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2454RS(?) 80 5.7 $ 598 $ 729<br />

60A x24B x32C x28 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2460RS(?) 92 5.7 $ 606 $ 739<br />

66A x24B x32C x34 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2466RS(?) 105 6.8 $ 613 $ 748<br />

72A x24B x32C x40 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2472RS(?) 110 6.8 $ 622 $ 759<br />

48A x30B x38C x19 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3048RS(?) 78 7.9 $ 643 $ 779<br />

54A x30B x38C x25 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3054RS(?) 96 7.9 $ 718 $ 870<br />

60A x30B x38C x31 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3060RS(?) 114 7.9 $ 726 $ 879<br />

66A x30B x38C x37 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3066RS(?) 124 7.9 $ 734 $ 888<br />

72A x30B x38C x43 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3072RS(?) 131 7.9 $ 742 $ 899<br />

C<br />

A<br />

D<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

B<br />

B<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

X Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from list<br />

price)<br />

H W R 2 4 4 8 L S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Rudder<br />

D<br />

A<br />

C<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 59


Systems Worksurfaces — Saddle GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

➤ Two cantilever brackets and one<br />

spider bracket are included with each<br />

worksurface for mounting panels.<br />

Specify paint color.<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />

laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

➤ Universal support leg can be used to<br />

share support when worksurfaces are<br />

placed side-by-side.<br />

Description Model<br />

66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />

require one or more of the<br />

following: worksurface support<br />

brackets, end panel, universal<br />

support leg or pedestal support in<br />

conjunction with cantilever<br />

brackets. A full end panel can<br />

also be used for support in place<br />

of cantilever brackets.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

When a run of worksurfaces<br />

equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />

panel support is required for<br />

worksurface structural<br />

assurance.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Saddle Worksurfaces — Left<br />

60A x24B x18C x4D HWS246018L(?) 92 5.7 $ 626 $ 764<br />

66A x24B x18C x10D HWS246618L(?) 105 6.8 $ 634 $ 774<br />

72A x24B x18C x16D HWS247218L(?) 110 6.8 $ 676 $ 826<br />

66A x24B x24C x4D HWS246624L(?) 105 6.8 $ 634 $ 774<br />

72A x24B x24C x10D HWS247224L(?) 110 6.8 $ 643 $ 784<br />

72A x24B x30C x4D HWS247230L(?) 131 7.9 $ 685 $ 836<br />

60A x30B x18C x4D HWS306018L(?) 92 5.7 $ 634 $ 774<br />

66A x30B x18C x10D HWS306618L(?) 105 6.8 $ 643 $ 784<br />

72A x30B x18C x16D HWS307218L(?) 110 6.8 $ 685 $ 836<br />

66A x30B x24C x4D HWS306624L(?) 105 6.8 $ 643 $ 784<br />

72A x30B x24C x10D HWS307224L(?) 110 6.8 $ 651 $ 795<br />

72A x30B x30C x4D HWS307230L(?) 131 7.9 $ 694 $ 846<br />

Saddle Worksurfaces — Right<br />

60A x24B x18C x4D HWS246018R(?) 92 5.7 $ 626 $ 764<br />

66A x24B x18C x10D HWS246618R(?) 105 6.8 $ 634 $ 774<br />

72A x24B x18C x16D HWS247218R(?) 110 6.8 $ 676 $ 826<br />

66A x24B x24C x4D HWS246624R(?) 105 6.8 $ 634 $ 774<br />

72A x24B x24C x10D HWS247224R(?) 110 6.8 $ 643 $ 784<br />

72A x24B x30C x4D HWS247230R(?) 131 7.9 $ 685 $ 836<br />

60A x30B x18C x4D HWS306018R(?) 92 5.7 $ 634 $ 774<br />

66A x30B x18C x10D HWS306618R(?) 105 6.8 $ 643 $ 784<br />

72A x30B x18C x16D HWS307218R(?) 110 6.8 $ 685 $ 836<br />

66A x30B x24C x4D HWS306624R(?) 105 6.8 $ 643 $ 784<br />

72A x30B x24C x10D HWS307224R(?) 110 6.8 $ 651 $ 795<br />

72A x30B x30C x4D HWS307230R(?) 131 7.9 $ 694 $ 846<br />

NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />

HWS2460LPN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />

D<br />

A<br />

B<br />

B<br />

C C D<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge<br />

Color<br />

Select Grommet<br />

Color<br />

See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />

A<br />

Select<br />

Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

X<br />

Ship with<br />

Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from<br />

list price)<br />

H W S 2 4 6 0 1 8 L P . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

Select<br />

Cantilever Paint<br />

Color<br />

See page 6<br />

60 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

➤ No grommet option specified<br />

for grommet models. See page<br />

60.<br />

1.0"<br />

6.9"<br />

Wire Management<br />

Scallop Detail<br />

➤ Two cantilever brackets and one<br />

spider bracket are included with each<br />

worksurface for mounting panels.<br />

Specify paint color.<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />

laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

➤ Universal support leg can be used to<br />

share support when worksurfaces are<br />

placed side-by-side.<br />

Description Model<br />

66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />

require one or more of the<br />

following: worksurface support<br />

brackets, end panel, universal<br />

support leg or pedestal support in<br />

conjunction with cantilever<br />

brackets. A full end panel can<br />

also be used for support in place<br />

of cantilever brackets.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

When a run of worksurfaces<br />

equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />

panel support is required for<br />

worksurface structural<br />

assurance.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Saddle Scalloped Worksurfaces — Left<br />

60A x24B x18C x4D HWS246018LS(?) 92 5.7 $ 590 $ 719<br />

66A x24B x18C x10D HWS246618LS(?) 105 6.8 $ 598 $ 729<br />

72A x24B x18C x16D HWS247218LS(?) 110 6.8 $ 637 $ 777<br />

66A x24B x24C x4D HWS246624LS(?) 105 6.8 $ 598 $ 729<br />

72A x24B x24C x10D HWS247224LS(?) 110 6.8 $ 606 $ 739<br />

72A x24B x30C x4D HWS247230LS(?) 131 7.9 $ 645 $ 787<br />

60A x30B x18C x4D HWS306018LS(?) 92 5.7 $ 598 $ 724<br />

66A x30B x18C x10D HWS306618LS(?) 105 6.8 $ 606 $ 733<br />

72A x30B x18C x16D HWS307218LS(?) 110 6.8 $ 645 $ 781<br />

66A x30B x24C x4D HWS306624LS(?) 105 6.8 $ 606 $ 733<br />

72A x30B x24C x10D HWS307224LS(?) 110 6.8 $ 613 $ 743<br />

72A x30B x30C x4D HWS307230LS(?) 131 7.9 $ 654 $ 792<br />

Saddle Scalloped Worksurfaces — Right<br />

60A x24B x18C x4D HWS246018RS(?) 92 5.7 $ 590 $ 719<br />

66A x24B x18C x10D HWS246618RS(?) 105 6.8 $ 598 $ 729<br />

72A x24B x18C x16D HWS247218RS(?) 110 6.8 $ 637 $ 777<br />

66A x24B x24C x4D HWS246624RS(?) 105 6.8 $ 598 $ 729<br />

72A x24B x24C x10D HWS247224RS(?) 110 6.8 $ 606 $ 739<br />

72A x24B x30C x4D HWS247230RS(?) 131 7.9 $ 645 $ 787<br />

60A x30B x18C x4D HWS306018RS(?) 92 5.7 $ 598 $ 724<br />

66A x30B x18C x10D HWS306618RS(?) 105 6.8 $ 606 $ 733<br />

72A x30B x18C x16D HWS307218RS(?) 110 6.8 $ 645 $ 781<br />

66A x30B x24C x4D HWS306624RS(?) 105 6.8 $ 606 $ 733<br />

72A x30B x24C x10D HWS307224RS(?) 110 6.8 $ 613 $ 743<br />

72A x30B x30C x4D HWS307230RS(?) 131 7.9 $ 654 $ 792<br />

A<br />

D C C<br />

B<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

B<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

X Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from list<br />

price)<br />

H W S 2 4 6 0 1 8 R S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Saddle<br />

A<br />

D<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 61


Systems Worksurfaces — Wedge GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

➤ Cantilever brackets are included<br />

with each worksurface for<br />

mounting panels. Specify paint.<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />

laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

➤ Universal support leg can be used to<br />

share support when worksurfaces are<br />

placed side-by-side.<br />

Description Model<br />

66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />

require one or more of the<br />

following: worksurface support<br />

brackets, end panel, universal<br />

support leg or pedestal support in<br />

conjunction with cantilever<br />

brackets. A full end panel can<br />

also be used for support in place<br />

of cantilever brackets.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

When a run of worksurfaces<br />

equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />

panel support is required for<br />

worksurface structural<br />

assurance.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Wedge Worksurfaces<br />

48A x24B x30C HWD244830(?) 64 4.8 $ 439 $ 535<br />

54A x24B x30C HWD245430(?) 80 4.8 $ 471 $ 574<br />

60A x24B x30C HWD246030(?) 101 4.8 $ 502 $ 612<br />

66A x24B x30C HWD246630(?) 105 5.7 $ 534 $ 651<br />

72A x24B x30C HWD247230(?) 105 5.7 $ 566 $ 691<br />

Wedge Worksurfaces<br />

48A x30B x24C HWD304824(?) 64 4.8 $ 439 $ 535<br />

54A x30B x24C HWD305424(?) 80 4.8 $ 471 $ 574<br />

60A x30B x24C HWD306024(?) 101 4.8 $ 502 $ 612<br />

66A x30B x24C HWD306624(?) 105 5.7 $ 534 $ 651<br />

72A x30B x24C HWD307224(?) 105 5.7 $ 566 $ 691<br />

NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />

HWD244830TN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />

B<br />

A<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

C<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge<br />

Color<br />

B<br />

Select Grommet<br />

Color<br />

See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />

A<br />

Select<br />

Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

X<br />

Ship with<br />

Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from<br />

list price)<br />

H W D 2 4 4 8 3 0 T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

C<br />

Select<br />

Cantilever Paint<br />

Color<br />

See page 6<br />

62 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

➤ No grommet option specified<br />

for grommet models. See page<br />

62.<br />

1.0"<br />

6.9"<br />

Wire Management<br />

Scallop Detail<br />

➤ Cantilever brackets are included with<br />

each worksurface for mounting<br />

panels. Specify paint color.<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />

laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

➤ Universal support leg can be used to<br />

share support when worksurfaces are<br />

placed side-by-side.<br />

Description Model<br />

66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />

require one or more of the<br />

following: worksurface support<br />

brackets, end panel, universal<br />

support leg or pedestal support in<br />

conjunction with cantilever<br />

brackets. A full end panel can<br />

also be used for support in place<br />

of cantilever brackets.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

When a run of worksurfaces<br />

equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />

panel support is required for<br />

worksurface structural<br />

assurance.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Wedge Scalloped Worksurfaces<br />

48A x24B x30C HWD244830S(?) 64 4.8 $ 414 $ 504<br />

54A x24B x30C HWD245430S(?) 80 4.8 $ 443 $ 541<br />

60A x24B x30C HWD246030S(?) 101 4.8 $ 473 $ 577<br />

66A x24B x30C HWD246630S(?) 105 5.7 $ 503 $ 613<br />

72A x24B x30C HWD247230S(?) 105 5.7 $ 533 $ 650<br />

Wedge Scalloped Worksurfaces<br />

48A x30B x24C HWD304824S(?) 64 4.8 $ 414 $ 504<br />

54A x30B x24C HWD305424S(?) 80 4.8 $ 443 $ 541<br />

60A x30B x24C HWD306024S(?) 101 4.8 $ 473 $ 577<br />

66A x30B x24C HWD306624S(?) 105 5.7 $ 503 $ 613<br />

72A x30B x24C HWD307224S(?) 105 5.7 $ 533 $ 650<br />

B<br />

A<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

C<br />

B<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

X Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from list<br />

price)<br />

H W D 2 4 4 8 3 0 S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Wedge<br />

A<br />

C<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 63


Systems Worksurfaces — Wave GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

W=panel width<br />

D=worksurface depth<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

W=panel width<br />

D=worksurface depth<br />

➤ Cantilever brackets are included with<br />

each worksurface for mounting<br />

panels.<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />

laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

➤ Universal support leg can be used to<br />

share support when worksurfaces are<br />

placed side-by-side.<br />

Description S Model<br />

66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />

require one or more of the<br />

following: worksurface support<br />

brackets, end panel, universal<br />

support leg or pedestal support in<br />

conjunction with cantilever<br />

brackets. A full end panel can<br />

also be used for support in place<br />

of cantilever brackets.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

When a run of worksurfaces<br />

equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />

panel support is required for<br />

worksurface structural<br />

assurance.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Wave Worksurfaces<br />

30W x24D 1 x 30D2 111 ⁄ 2 HWW30AB(?) 36 2.6 $ 256 $ 399<br />

36W x24D 1 x 30D2 131 ⁄ 2 HWW36AB(?) 42 3.1 $ 286 $ 427<br />

42W x24D 1 x 30D2 151 ⁄ 2 HWW42AB(?) 43 3.6 $ 356 $ 453<br />

48W x24D 1 x 30D2 151 ⁄ 2 HWW48AB(?) 48 4.0 $ 379 $ 478<br />

54W x24D 1 x 30D2 211 ⁄ 2 HWW54AB(?) 54 5.0 $ 420 $ 519<br />

60W x24D 1 x 30D2 271 ⁄ 2 HWW60AB(?) 57 5.0 $ 449 $ 569<br />

66W x24D 1 x 30D2 331 ⁄ 2 HWW66AB(?) 66 6.0 $ 485 $ 605<br />

72W x24D 1 x 30D 2<br />

391 ⁄ 2 HWW72AB(?) 74 6.0 $ 523 $ 650<br />

30W x24D1 x 30D2 111 ⁄ 2 HWW30BA(?) 36 2.6 $ 256 $ 399<br />

36W x24D 1 x 30D2 131 ⁄ 2 HWW36BA(?) 42 3.1 $ 286 $ 427<br />

42W x24D 1 x 30D 2<br />

151 ⁄ 2 HWW42BA(?) 43 3.6 $ 356 $ 453<br />

48W x24D 1 x 30D2 151 ⁄ 2 HWW48BA(?) 48 4.0 $ 379 $ 478<br />

54W x24D 1 x 30D 2<br />

211 ⁄ 2 HWW54BA(?) 54 5.0 $ 420 $ 519<br />

60W x24D 1 x 30D2 271 ⁄ 2 HWW60BA(?) 57 5.0 $ 449 $ 569<br />

66W x24D 1 x 30D 2<br />

331 ⁄ 2 HWW66BA(?) 66 6.0 $ 485 $ 605<br />

72W x24D 1 x 30D2 391 ⁄ 2 HWW72BA(?) 74 6.0 $ 523 $ 650<br />

NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />

HWW30ABTN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />

D 2<br />

S<br />

W<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

D1<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Grommet<br />

Color<br />

See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />

D 1<br />

W<br />

S<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

Ship with Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

X Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from<br />

list price)<br />

H WW 3 0 A B T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

D 2<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

64 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

➤ No grommet option specified<br />

for grommet models. See page<br />

64.<br />

1.0"<br />

6.9"<br />

Wire Management<br />

Scallop Detail<br />

W=panel width<br />

D=worksurface depth<br />

W=panel width<br />

D=worksurface depth<br />

➤ Cantilever brackets are included with<br />

each worksurface for mounting<br />

panels.<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />

laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

➤ Universal support leg can be used to<br />

share support when worksurfaces are<br />

placed side-by-side.<br />

➤ All models standard with scallops for<br />

wire management; 42W or less<br />

have one, centered; 48W or wider<br />

have two.<br />

Description S Model<br />

66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />

require one or more of the<br />

following: worksurface support<br />

brackets, end panel, universal<br />

support leg or pedestal support in<br />

conjunction with cantilever<br />

brackets. A full end panel can<br />

also be used for support in place<br />

of cantilever brackets.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

When a run of worksurfaces<br />

equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />

panel support is required for<br />

worksurface structural<br />

assurance.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Scalloped Wave Worksurfaces<br />

30W x24D 1 x 30D2 111 ⁄ 2 HWW30ABS(?) 36 2.6 $ 242 $ 376<br />

36W x24D 1 x 30D2 131 ⁄ 2 HWW36ABS(?) 42 3.1 $ 269 $ 403<br />

42W x24D 1 x 30D2 151 ⁄ 2 HWW42ABS(?) 43 3.6 $ 335 $ 427<br />

48W x24D 1 x 30D2 151 ⁄ 2 HWW48ABS(?) 48 4.0 $ 357 $ 452<br />

54W x24D 1 x 30D2 211 ⁄ 2 HWW54ABS(?) 54 5.0 $ 379 $ 490<br />

60W x24D 1 x 30D2 271 ⁄ 2 HWW60ABS(?) 57 5.0 $ 422 $ 537<br />

66W x24D 1 x 30D2 331 ⁄ 2 HWW66ABS(?) 66 6.0 $ 457 $ 571<br />

72W x24D 1 x 30D 2<br />

391 ⁄ 2 HWW72ABS(?) 74 6.0 $ 493 $ 613<br />

30W x24D1 x 30D2 111 ⁄ 2 HWW30BAS(?) 36 2.6 $ 242 $ 376<br />

36W x24D 1 x 30D 2<br />

131 ⁄ 2 HWW36BAS(?) 42 3.1 $ 269 $ 403<br />

42W x24D 1 x 30D 2<br />

151 ⁄ 2 HWW42BAS(?) 43 3.6 $ 335 $ 427<br />

48W x24D 1 x 30D 2<br />

151 ⁄ 2 HWW48BAS(?) 48 4.0 $ 357 $ 452<br />

54W x24D 1 x 30D 2<br />

211 ⁄ 2 HWW54BAS(?) 54 5.0 $ 379 $ 490<br />

60W x24D 1 x 30D2 271 ⁄ 2 HWW60BAS(?) 57 5.0 $ 422 $ 537<br />

66W x24D 1 x 30D 2<br />

331 ⁄ 2 HWW66BAS(?) 66 6.0 $ 457 $ 571<br />

72W x24D 1 x 30D2 391 ⁄ 2 HWW72BAS(?) 74 6.0 $ 493 $ 613<br />

D 2<br />

S<br />

W<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

D 1<br />

D 1<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

X Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from list<br />

price)<br />

H WW 3 0 A B S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Wave<br />

W<br />

S<br />

D 2<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 65


➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

W=panel width<br />

D=worksurface depth<br />

24"<br />

Systems Worksurfaces — Corner GSA SIN 711-1<br />

36"<br />

45°<br />

11"R<br />

17"<br />

51"<br />

17"<br />

➤ If omit cantilever option is selected,<br />

corner worksurfaces will still ship<br />

with worksurface bracket.<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />

laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ T-Mold or Edgeband options.<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ Cantilever brackets allow for any ➤ Keyboard models H850500 or<br />

worksurface height. Brackets are HHKB800 are recommended for use<br />

included with each worksurface for on curved user edge worksurfaces.<br />

mounting on panels.<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Corner Worksurfaces with Curved User Edge<br />

36W x24D HWC3624(?) 53 s 3.7 $ 472 $ 524<br />

42W x24D HWC4224(?) 65 s 4.9 $ 517 $ 553<br />

48W x24D HWC4824(?) 76 6.3 $ 545 $ 618<br />

42W x30D HWC4230(?) 72 6.3 $ 580 $ 645<br />

48W x30D HWC4830(?) 77 6.3 $ 616 $ 694<br />

• Two cantilever brackets standard per worksurface. If adjacent worksurface is at a different height, order appropriate “Z” bracket — see page 80.<br />

• HWC3624(?) will not accept the H4022, H4028, or H4029 keyboard platforms. Models H850500 or HHKB800 are recommended.<br />

• One small worksurface bracket standard with each worksurface.<br />

NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />

HWC3624TN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />

Corner worksurfaces must match exactly the panel behind them, i.e.: a 36 panel must be used on the back two sides of model<br />

HWC3624(?).<br />

42"<br />

24"<br />

42"<br />

45°<br />

11 "R<br />

25"<br />

59"<br />

17"<br />

46"<br />

30"<br />

42"<br />

45°<br />

11"R<br />

17"<br />

59"<br />

HWC3624(?) HWC4224(?) HWC4230(?) HWC4824(?) HWC4830(?)<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

21"<br />

51"<br />

24"<br />

48"<br />

45°<br />

11" R<br />

34"<br />

68"<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Grommet<br />

Color<br />

See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />

17"<br />

51"<br />

30"<br />

48"<br />

45°<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

Ship with Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

X Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from<br />

list price)<br />

H W C 3 6 2 4 T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

11"R<br />

25"<br />

68"<br />

21"<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

66 Abound Pricer 9/2011<br />

55"


➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

W=panel width<br />

D=worksurface depth<br />

24"<br />

36"<br />

45°<br />

16 3 /4"<br />

48 7 /8"<br />

17"<br />

42"<br />

➤ If omit cantilever option is selected,<br />

corner worksurfaces will still ship<br />

with worksurface bracket.<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />

laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ T-Mold or Edgeband options.<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ Cantilever brackets allow for any ➤ Keyboard models H850500 or<br />

worksurface height. Brackets are HHKB800 are recommended for use<br />

included with each worksurface for on curved user edge worksurfaces.<br />

mounting on panels. Specify paint.<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Corner Worksurfaces with Straight User Edge<br />

36W x24D HWCS3624(?) 53 s 3.7 $ 445 $ 505<br />

42W x24D HWCS4224(?) 65 s 4.9 $ 499 $ 526<br />

48W x24D HWCS4824(?) 76 6.3 $ 531 $ 581<br />

42W x30D HWCS4230(?) 72 6.3 $ 538 $ 631<br />

48W x30D HWCS4830(?) 77 6.3 $ 603 $ 640<br />

• Two cantilever brackets standard per worksurface. If adjacent worksurface is at a different height, order appropriate “Z” bracket — see page 80.<br />

• HWCS3624(?) will not accept the H4022, H4028, or H4029 keyboard platforms.<br />

• One small worksurface bracket standard with each worksurface.<br />

NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />

HWCS3624TN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />

Corner worksurfaces must match exactly the panel behind them, i.e.: a 36 panel must be used on the back two sides of model<br />

HWCS3624(?).<br />

24"<br />

42"<br />

45°<br />

25 1 /4"<br />

57 1 /4"<br />

17"<br />

51"<br />

30"<br />

42"<br />

45°<br />

16 3 /4"<br />

57 1 /4"<br />

HWCS3624(?) HWCS4224(?) HWCS4230(?) HWCS4824(?) HWCS4830(?)<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

21"<br />

51"<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge<br />

Color<br />

24"<br />

48"<br />

45°<br />

34"<br />

68"<br />

Select Grommet<br />

Color<br />

See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />

17"<br />

51"<br />

30"<br />

48"<br />

45°<br />

25"<br />

68"<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

X<br />

Ship with<br />

Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from<br />

list price)<br />

H W C S 3 6 2 4 T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Worksurfaces — Corner<br />

21"<br />

55"<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 67


➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />

of laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />

high-performance particleboard.<br />

➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

1.0"<br />

Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Corner GSA SIN 711-1<br />

6.9"<br />

Wire Management<br />

Scallop Detail<br />

W=panel width<br />

D=worksurface depth<br />

24"<br />

36"<br />

45°<br />

17"<br />

51"<br />

17"<br />

42"<br />

➤ If omit cantilever option is selected,<br />

corner worksurfaces will still ship<br />

with one worksurface bracket.<br />

➤ Initiate cantilever brackets allow for<br />

any worksurface height.<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

➤ Two cantilever brackets, one<br />

worksurface support bracket standard<br />

per worksurface. If adjacent<br />

worksurface is at a different height,<br />

order appropriate “Z” bracket — see<br />

page 80.<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ All models are standard with scallops<br />

for wire management, one per back<br />

corner edge.<br />

Not designed to be used for<br />

Simplicity II.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Corner worksurfaces must match<br />

exactly the panel behind them,<br />

i.e.: a 36 panel must be used on<br />

the back two sides of model<br />

HWCS3624ST.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Scalloped Corner Worksurfaces with Straight User Edge<br />

36W x24D HWCS3624S(?) 53 s 3.6 $ 385 $ 476<br />

42W x24D HWCS4224S(?) 65 s 4.5 $ 435 $ 496<br />

48W x24D HWCS4824S(?) 76 s 6.1 $ 468 $ 547<br />

42W x30D HWCS4230S(?) 65 4.8 $ 482 $ 590<br />

48W x30D HWCS4830S(?) 77 6.1 $ 532 $ 600<br />

24"<br />

42"<br />

25"<br />

58"<br />

46"<br />

30"<br />

42"<br />

45°<br />

17"<br />

59"<br />

HWCS3624S(?) HWCS4224S(?) HWCS4824S(?) HWCS4230S(?) HWCS4830S(?)<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

21"<br />

51"<br />

30"<br />

42"<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

X Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from list<br />

price)<br />

H W C S 3 6 2 4 S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

581 17"<br />

⁄2"<br />

51 1 ⁄2"<br />

30"<br />

48"<br />

45°<br />

25"<br />

68"<br />

21"<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

68 Abound Pricer 9/2011<br />

55"


➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />

of laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />

high-performance particleboard.<br />

➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

36"<br />

24"<br />

17"<br />

51"<br />

➤ If omit cantilever option is selected,<br />

corner worksurfaces will still ship<br />

with one worksurface bracket.<br />

➤ Initiate cantilever brackets allow for<br />

any worksurface height.<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

➤ Two cantilever brackets, one<br />

worksurface support bracket and one<br />

small tie bracket standard per<br />

worksurface. If adjacent worksurface<br />

is at a different height, order<br />

appropriate “Z” bracket — see page<br />

80.<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ All models are standard with scallops<br />

for wire management, one per back<br />

corner edge.<br />

Not designed to be used for<br />

Simplicity II.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Corner worksurfaces must match<br />

exactly the panel behind them,<br />

i.e.: a 36 panel must be used on<br />

the back two sides of model<br />

HWC3624ST.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Scalloped Corner Worksurfaces with Curved User Edge<br />

36W x24D HWC3624S(?) 53 s 3.6 $ 445 $ 494<br />

42W x24D HWC4224S(?) 65 s 4.8 $ 488 $ 522<br />

48W x24D HWC4824S(?) 72 s 6.1 $ 514 $ 582<br />

42W x30D HWC4230S(?) 65 4.8 $ 542 $ 604<br />

48W x30D HWC4830S(?) 77 6.1 $ 576 $ 649<br />

17"<br />

42"<br />

24"<br />

42"<br />

25"<br />

58"<br />

46"<br />

48"<br />

24"<br />

34"<br />

68"<br />

HWC3624S(?) HWC4224S(?) HWC4824S(?) HWC4230S(?) HWC4830S(?)<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

17"<br />

51"<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

X Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from list<br />

price)<br />

H W C S 3 6 2 4 S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Corner<br />

30"<br />

42"<br />

581 17"<br />

⁄2"<br />

51 1 ⁄2"<br />

48"<br />

30"<br />

25"<br />

68"<br />

21"<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 69<br />

55"


➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />

of high-pressure laminate on<br />

1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ T-Mold or Edgeband edges.<br />

Edgeband<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

W=panel width<br />

D=worksurface depth<br />

24"<br />

Systems Worksurfaces — 120 Degree Corner GSA SIN 711-1<br />

36"<br />

381 35<br />

/8"<br />

3 /4"R<br />

381 /2"<br />

203 /8"<br />

➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed. Deduct $25<br />

from the list price.<br />

➤ If omit cantilever option is selected,<br />

120 degree corner worksurfaces will<br />

still ship with worksurface bracket.<br />

➤ Cantilever brackets allow for any ➤ Keyboard models H850500 and<br />

worksurface height. Brackets are HHKB800 are recommended for use<br />

included with each worksurface for on curved user edge worksurfaces.<br />

mounting on panels.<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

Not designed to use keyboard<br />

and pedestal under 120 degree<br />

corner worksurface.<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

If used at an end of run, full end<br />

panel needs to be ordered — see<br />

page 79.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

120 Degree Corner Worksurfaces with Curved User Edge<br />

36W x24D HBWCT3624(?) 75 7.7 $ 614 $ 718<br />

42W x24D HBWCT4224(?) 96 9.2 $ 685 $ 769<br />

48W x24D HBWCT4824(?) 107 9.2 $ 710 $ 866<br />

42W x30D HBWCT4230(?) 102 11.4 $ 710 $1011<br />

48W x30D HBWCT4830(?) 112 11.4 $ 737 $1075<br />

• Two cantilever brackets standard per worksurface. If adjacent worksurface is at a different height, order appropriate “Z” bracket — see page 80.<br />

• HBWCT3624(?) will not accept the H4022, HE4022, H4028, or H4029 keyboard platforms.<br />

• One small worksurface bracket standard with each worksurface.<br />

NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />

HBWCT3624TN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />

Corner worksurfaces must match exactly the panel behind them, i.e.: a 36 panel must be used on the back two sides of model<br />

HBWCT3624(?).<br />

24"<br />

42"<br />

485 35<br />

⁄8"<br />

3 ⁄4"R<br />

411 ⁄2"<br />

203 ⁄8"<br />

30"<br />

42"<br />

421 29<br />

⁄2"<br />

3 ⁄4"R<br />

HBWCT3624(?) HBWCT4230(?) HBWCT4830(?)<br />

461 ⁄2"<br />

251 ⁄2"<br />

24"<br />

48"<br />

35<br />

59"<br />

3 ⁄4"R<br />

HBWCT4224(?) HBWCT4824(?)<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge<br />

Color<br />

30"<br />

441 ⁄2"<br />

203 ⁄8"<br />

Select Grommet<br />

Color<br />

See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />

48"<br />

29<br />

53"<br />

3 ⁄4"R<br />

Select<br />

Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

X<br />

Ship with<br />

Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from<br />

list price)<br />

491 ⁄2"<br />

251 ⁄2"<br />

H B W C T 3 6 2 4 T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

Select<br />

Cantilever Paint<br />

Color<br />

See page 6<br />

70 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />

of high-pressure laminate on<br />

1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ T-Mold or Edgeband edges.<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

W=panel width<br />

D=worksurface depth<br />

24"<br />

36"<br />

353 ⁄4"R<br />

38<br />

3 ⁄4"<br />

203 39"<br />

⁄4"<br />

➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed. Deduct $25<br />

from the list price.<br />

➤ If omit cantilever option is selected,<br />

120 degree corner worksurfaces will<br />

still ship with worksurface bracket.<br />

➤ Cantilever brackets allow for any<br />

worksurface height. Brackets are<br />

included with each worksurface for<br />

mounting on panels.<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

➤ Keyboard models H850500 and<br />

HHKB800 are recommended for use<br />

on curved user edge worksurfaces.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Not designed to use keyboard<br />

and pedestal under 120 degree<br />

corner worksurface.<br />

If used at an end of run, a full end<br />

panel needs to be ordered — see<br />

page 79.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

120 Degree Corner Worksurfaces with Curved User Edge<br />

36W x24D HBWCT3624S(?) 75 7.5 $ 573 $ 678<br />

42W x24D HBWCT4224S(?) 96 8.9 $ 631 $ 725<br />

48W x24D HBWCT4824S(?) 107 11.1 $ 657 $ 815<br />

42W x30D HBWCT4230S(?) 102 8.9 $ 657 $ 946<br />

48W x30D HBWCT4830S(?) 112 11.1 $ 680 $1005<br />

• Two cantilever brackets standard per worksurface. If adjacent worksurface is at a different height, order appropriate “Z” bracket — see page 80.<br />

• HBWCT3624S(?) will not accept the H4022, HE4022, H4028, or H4029 keyboard platforms.<br />

• One small worksurface bracket standard with each worksurface.<br />

Corner worksurfaces must match exactly the panel behind them, i.e.: a 36 panel must be used on the back two sides of model<br />

HBWCT3624S(?).<br />

24"<br />

42"<br />

485 35<br />

⁄8"<br />

3 ⁄4"R<br />

20 3 ⁄8"<br />

41 1 ⁄2"<br />

30"<br />

42"<br />

421 29<br />

⁄2"<br />

3 ⁄4"R<br />

461 ⁄2"<br />

251 ⁄2"<br />

HBWCT3624S(?) HBWCT4230S(?) HBWCT4830S(?)<br />

24"<br />

48"<br />

561 ⁄2"R<br />

1 59 ⁄2"<br />

HBWCT4224S(?) HBWCT4824S(?)<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — 120 Degree Corner<br />

30"<br />

44"<br />

203 ⁄4"<br />

48 1 ⁄4"<br />

201 ⁄2"R<br />

53<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

X Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from list<br />

price)<br />

H B W C T 3 6 2 4 S P . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

1 ⁄2"<br />

50"<br />

26"<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 71


➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />

of laminate on 11 ➤ T-Mold or Edgeband options.<br />

⁄ 8 solid core<br />

high-performance particleboard.<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

W=panel width<br />

D=worksurface depth<br />

39"<br />

Systems Worksurfaces — Split Top GSA SIN 711-1<br />

24"R<br />

51"<br />

11"R<br />

33"<br />

12"<br />

36"<br />

24"<br />

11"<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Split Top Corner Worksurfaces with Curved User Edge<br />

36W x24D HWSC3624(?) 53 s 3.7 $ 611 $ 631<br />

42W x24D HWSC4224(?) 65 s 4.9 $ 671 $ 684<br />

48W x24D HWSC4824(?) 76 4.9 $ 773 $ 779<br />

42W x30D HWSC4230(?) 72 6.3 $ 744 $ 752<br />

48W x30D HWSC4830(?) 77 6.3 $ 837 $ 838<br />

• Two cantilever brackets standard per worksurface.<br />

• One small worksurface bracket standard with each worksurface.<br />

NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />

HWCS3624TN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />

Corner worksurfaces must match exactly the panel behind them, i.e.: a 36 panel must be used on the back two sides of model<br />

HWSC3624(?).<br />

Requires adjustable height mechanism. Must order separately, see below.<br />

59"<br />

68"<br />

59"<br />

68"<br />

42"<br />

48"<br />

42"<br />

48"<br />

41" 30"R<br />

47" 50"<br />

44"<br />

24"R<br />

36"R<br />

30"R<br />

17"R<br />

42"<br />

12"<br />

24"<br />

11"<br />

11"R<br />

33"<br />

HWSC3624(?) HWSC4224(?) HWSC4230(?) HWSC4824(?) HWSC4830(?)<br />

➤ Stable, durable design.<br />

➤ Supports large widths and can<br />

➤ Slim arms for better knee clearance.<br />

➤ Height adjustable within 19 range<br />

be customized for workstations. (12.5 above and 6.5 below<br />

worksurface).<br />

12"<br />

17"<br />

30"<br />

➤ 30 platform tilt feature (15 positive<br />

and 15 negative tilt).<br />

Description Model<br />

23"R<br />

50"<br />

12"<br />

24"<br />

11"<br />

17"R<br />

42"<br />

12"<br />

17"<br />

30"<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

Adjustable Height Mechanism<br />

• Corner worksurface and adjustable height mechanism are ordered and shipped separately. HHKHSM100 40 s 2.4 $ 506<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge<br />

Color<br />

Select Grommet<br />

Color<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with<br />

Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

H W C S 3 6 2 4 T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

72 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Notes<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 73


Systems Worksurfaces — Corner Cove GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

➤ If omit cantilever option is<br />

selected, corner cove<br />

worksurfaces will still ship with<br />

rear and center support<br />

brackets (if 72W surface).<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />

laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ Includes a rear-support bracket in<br />

Charcoal only.<br />

➤ Cantilever brackets are included with<br />

each worksurface for mounting to<br />

panels. Specify paint.<br />

➤ Center support bracket included with<br />

72W worksurfaces.<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

➤ Keyboard models H850500 or<br />

HHKB800 are recommended for use<br />

on corner cove worksurfaces.<br />

Description Model<br />

Panel-hung application requires<br />

two panels of corresponding<br />

width joined at 90.<br />

When a run of worksurfaces<br />

equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />

panel support is required for<br />

worksurface structural<br />

assurance.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

72W worksurfaces require one<br />

or more of the following:<br />

worksurface support brackets,<br />

end panel, universal support leg<br />

or pedestal support in<br />

conjunction with cantilever<br />

brackets.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Corner Cove Worksurfaces, Left Hand<br />

60A x36B x24C x24D HWV73AAL(?) 67 5.9 $ 521 $ 587<br />

60A x36B x30C x24D HWV73BAL(?) 76 5.9 $ 541 $ 605<br />

60A x48B x24C x24D HWV75AAL(?) 85 7.7 $ 596 $ 640<br />

60A x48B x24C x30D HWV75ABL(?) 94 7.7 $ 617 $ 663<br />

60A x48B x30C x24D HWV75BAL(?) 92 7.7 $ 617 $ 663<br />

60A x48B x30C x30D HWV75BBL(?) 99 7.7 $ 638 $ 685<br />

72A x36B x24C x24D HWV93AAL(?) 75 7.0 $ 596 $ 640<br />

72A x36B x30C x24D HWV93BAL(?) 83 7.0 $ 617 $ 663<br />

72A x48B x24C x24D HWV95AAL(?) 96 9.2 $ 738 $ 794<br />

72A x48B x24C x30D HWV95ABL(?) 107 9.2 $ 761 $ 815<br />

72A x48B x30C x24D HWV95BAL(?) 102 9.2 $ 761 $ 815<br />

72A x48B x30C x30D HWV95BBL(?) 112 9.2 $ 782 $ 841<br />

Corner Cove Worksurfaces, Right Hand<br />

60A x36B x24C x24D HWV73AAR(?) 67 5.9 $ 521 $ 587<br />

60A x36B x30C x24D<br />

A<br />

HWV73BAR(?) 76 5.9 $ 541 $ 605<br />

60A x48B x24C x24D<br />

60A x48B x24C x30D<br />

D<br />

Left-Hand<br />

B<br />

HWV75AAR(?)<br />

HWV75ABR(?)<br />

85<br />

94<br />

7.7<br />

7.7<br />

$ 596<br />

$ 617<br />

$ 640<br />

$ 663<br />

60A x48B x30C x24D HWV75BAR(?) 92 7.7 $ 617 $ 663<br />

60A x48B x30C x30D<br />

C<br />

HWV75BBR(?) 99 7.7 $ 638 $ 685<br />

72A x36B x24C x24D A<br />

HWV93AAR(?) 75 7.0 $ 596 $ 640<br />

72A x36B x30C x24D HWV93BAR(?) 83 7.0 $ 617 $ 663<br />

72A x48B x24C x24D B<br />

Right-Hand<br />

D<br />

HWV95AAR(?) 96 9.2 $ 738 $ 794<br />

72A x48B x24C x30D HWV95ABR(?) 107 9.2 $ 761 $ 815<br />

72A x48B x30C x24D HWV95BAR(?) 102 9.2 $ 761 $ 815<br />

72A x48B x30C x30D C<br />

HWV95BBR(?) 112 9.2 $ 782 $ 841<br />

NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />

HWV73AALTN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge<br />

Color<br />

Select Grommet<br />

Color<br />

See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

X<br />

Ship with<br />

Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from<br />

list price)<br />

H W V 7 3 A A L T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

74 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

➤ If omit cantilever option is<br />

selected, corner cove<br />

worksurfaces will still ship with<br />

rear and center support<br />

brackets (if 72W surface).<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

1.0"<br />

Edgeband<br />

6.9"<br />

Wire Management<br />

Scallop Detail<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />

laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ Includes a rear-support bracket in<br />

Charcoal only.<br />

➤ Cantilever brackets are included with<br />

each worksurface for mounting to<br />

panels. Specify paint.<br />

➤ Center support bracket included with<br />

72W worksurfaces.<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

➤ Keyboard models H850500 or<br />

HHKB800 are recommended for use<br />

on corner cove worksurfaces.<br />

Description Model<br />

Panel-hung application requires<br />

two panels of corresponding<br />

width joined at 90.<br />

When a run of worksurfaces<br />

equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />

panel support is required for<br />

worksurface structural<br />

assurance.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

72W worksurfaces require one<br />

or more of the following:<br />

worksurface support brackets,<br />

end panel, universal support leg<br />

or pedestal support in<br />

conjunction with cantilever<br />

brackets.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Scalloped Corner Cove Worksurfaces, Left Hand<br />

60A x36B x24C x24D HWV73AALS(?) 67 5.9 $ 491 $ 553<br />

60A x36B x30C x24D HWV73BALS(?) 73 5.9 $ 510 $ 571<br />

60A x48B x24C x24D HWV75AALS(?) 85 7.7 $ 562 $ 604<br />

60A x48B x24C x30D HWV75ABLS(?) 94 7.7 $ 581 $ 625<br />

60A x48B x30C x24D HWV75BALS(?) 92 7.7 $ 581 $ 625<br />

60A x48B x30C x30D HWV75BBLS(?) 99 7.7 $ 598 $ 641<br />

72A x36B x24C x24D HWV93AALS(?) 75 7.0 $ 562 $ 604<br />

72A x36B x30C x24D HWV93BALS(?) 83 7.0 $ 581 $ 625<br />

72A x48B x24C x24D HWV95AALS(?) 96 9.2 $ 696 $ 748<br />

72A x48B x24C x30D HWV95ABLS(?) 107 9.2 $ 716 $ 769<br />

72A x48B x30C x24D HWV95BALS(?) 102 9.2 $ 716 $ 769<br />

72A x48B x30C x30D HWV95BBLS(?) 112 9.2 $ 732 $ 786<br />

Scalloped Corner Cove Worksurfaces, Right Hand<br />

60A x36B x24C x24D HWV73AARS(?) 67 5.9 $ 491 $ 553<br />

60A x36B x30C x24D Left-Hand<br />

D<br />

HWV73BARS(?) 73 5.9 $ 510 $ 571<br />

60A x48B x24C x24D<br />

B<br />

HWV75AARS(?) 85 7.7 $ 562 $ 604<br />

60A x48B x24C x30D HWV75ABRS(?) 94 7.7 $ 581 $ 625<br />

60A x48B x30C x24D<br />

60A x48B x30C x30D<br />

A<br />

C<br />

HWV75BARS(?)<br />

HWV75BBRS(?)<br />

92<br />

99<br />

7.7<br />

7.7<br />

$ 581<br />

$ 598<br />

$ 625<br />

$ 641<br />

72A x36B x24C x24D D Right-Hand<br />

HWV93AARS(?) 75 7.0 $ 562 $ 604<br />

72A x36B x30C x24D B<br />

HWV93BARS(?) 83 7.0 $ 581 $ 625<br />

72A x48B x24C x24D<br />

72A x48B x24C x30D<br />

72A x48B x30C x24D<br />

C<br />

A<br />

HWV95AARS(?)<br />

HWV95ABRS(?)<br />

HWV95BARS(?)<br />

96<br />

107<br />

102<br />

9.2<br />

9.2<br />

9.2<br />

$ 696<br />

$ 716<br />

$ 716<br />

$ 748<br />

$ 769<br />

$ 769<br />

72A x48B x30C x30D HWV95BBRS(?) 112 9.2 $ 732 $ 786<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Corner Cove<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

X Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from list<br />

price)<br />

H W V 7 3 A A L S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 75


Systems Worksurfaces — Jetty / Peninsula GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

➤ T-mold or Edgeband edges.<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />

laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ Includes one cantilever bracket.<br />

Specify paint.<br />

➤ Order support column separately —<br />

see page 79.<br />

➤ T-Mold or Edgeband edges.<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

Omit cantilever option does not<br />

apply to peninsula models.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Can also be attached<br />

perpendicular to a primary<br />

worksurface using Flat or “Z”<br />

Brackets. Do not attach to a<br />

worksurface supported with<br />

Cantilever Brackets.<br />

Not to be used freestanding.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Jetty Worksurfaces, Left Hand<br />

48A x66B x24C x30D HWJ58ABL(?) 84 9.2 $ 548 $ 798<br />

48A x66B x30C x30D HWJ58BBL(?) 91 9.2 $ 560 $ 799<br />

48A x72B x24C x30D HWJ59ABL(?) 88 9.2 $ 574 $ 802<br />

48A x72B x30C x30D HWJ59BBL(?) 94 9.2 $ 582 $ 800<br />

NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />

HWJ58ABLTN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />

Requires support column — see page 79. Order support column separately.<br />

Jetty Worksurfaces, Right Hand<br />

48A x66B x24C x30D HWJ58ABR(?) 84 9.2 $ 548 $ 798<br />

48A x66B x30C x30D HWJ58BBR(?) 91 9.2 $ 560 $ 799<br />

48A x72B x24C x30D HWJ59ABR(?) 88 9.2 $ 574 $ 802<br />

48A x72B x30C x30D HWJ59BBR(?) 94 9.2 $ 582 $ 800<br />

NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />

HWJ58ABRTN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />

Requires support column — see page 79. Order support column separately.<br />

A<br />

C<br />

B<br />

D<br />

Peninsula Worksurfaces T-Mold and Edgeband Options<br />

24W x60L HWP2460(?) 65 4.9 $ 295 $ 361<br />

24W x66L HWP2466(?) 72 4.6 $ 362 $ 441<br />

24W x72L HWP2472(?) 95 5.5 $ 407 $ 497<br />

30W x60L HWP3060(?) 68 5.0 $ 407 $ 580<br />

30W x66L HWP3066(?) 75 6.0 $ 495 $ 638<br />

30W x72L HWP3072(?) 98 6.0 $ 576 $ 702<br />

NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />

HWP2460TN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />

Omit cantilever option does not apply to peninsula models. Peninsula worksurface width must correspond to the width of its support<br />

panel. Requires support column — see page 79. Order support column separately.<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge<br />

Color<br />

Select Grommet<br />

Color<br />

See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

X<br />

Ship with<br />

Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from<br />

list price)<br />

H W J 5 8 A B L T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

76 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />

cantilever is not needed.<br />

Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

1.0"<br />

6.9"<br />

Wire Management<br />

Scallop Detail<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />

laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />

particleboard.<br />

➤ See page 79 for support column.<br />

Can also be attached<br />

perpendicular to a primary<br />

worksurface using Flat or “Z”<br />

Brackets. Do not attach to a<br />

worksurface supported with<br />

Cantilever Brackets.<br />

Description Model<br />

Not to be used freestanding.<br />

Peninsula worksurface width<br />

must correspond to the width of<br />

its support panel.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Omit cantilever option does not<br />

apply to peninsula models.<br />

Worksurfaces not designed to be<br />

used on Simplicity II.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Scalloped Jetty Worksurfaces, Left Hand<br />

48A x66B x24C x30D HWJ58ABLS(?) 84 8.8 $ 518 $ 751<br />

48A x66B x30C x30D HWJ58BBLS(?) 91 8.5 $ 525 $ 747<br />

48A x72B x24C x30D HWJ59ABLS(?) 88 8.8 $ 541 $ 755<br />

48A x72B x30C x30D<br />

Requires support column — see page 79. Order support column separately.<br />

HWJ59BBLS(?) 94 8.8 $ 544 $ 748<br />

Scalloped Jetty Worksurfaces, Right Hand<br />

48A x66B x24C x30D HWJ58ABRS(?) 84 9.2 $ 518 $ 751<br />

48A x66B x30C x30D HWJ58BBRS(?) 91 9.2 $ 525 $ 747<br />

48A x72B x24C x30D HWJ59ABRS(?) 88 9.2 $ 541 $ 755<br />

48A x72B x30C x30D<br />

Requires support column — see page 79. Order support column separately.<br />

HWJ59BBRS(?) 94 9.2 $ 544 $ 748<br />

D<br />

A<br />

C<br />

B<br />

Scalloped Peninsula Worksurfaces<br />

24W x60L HWP2460S(?) 65 5.0 $ 280 $ 340<br />

24W x66L HWP2466S(?) 72 6.0 $ 341 $ 416<br />

24W x72L HWP2472S(?) 95 6.0 $ 385 $ 468<br />

30W x60L HWP3060S(?) 68 4.9 $ 385 $ 547<br />

30W x66L HWP3066S(?) 75 5.7 $ 467 $ 602<br />

30W x72L<br />

Requires support column — see page 79. Order support column separately.<br />

HWP3072S(?) 98 5.7 $ 542 $ 662<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Jetty / Peninsula<br />

B<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />

Option<br />

See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />

(default option)<br />

X Omit Cantilever<br />

(deduct $25 from list<br />

price)<br />

H W J 5 8 A B L S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

C<br />

D<br />

A<br />

Select Cantilever<br />

Paint Color<br />

See page 6<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 77


Systems Worksurfaces — Half Round / Quarter Round / 60 Wedge GSA<br />

SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />

of laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />

high-performance particleboard.<br />

Requires Support Column —<br />

see below.<br />

Half Round Worksurfaces<br />

➤ Order Support Column and End<br />

Panels separately.<br />

➤ Mate only with other T-Mold and<br />

Edgeband worksurfaces.<br />

Not designed to be converted into<br />

Initiate Desking.<br />

Quarter Round Worksurfaces<br />

➤ Two Flat Brackets and one Tie<br />

Bracket included.<br />

➤ Mate only with other T-Mold and<br />

Edgeband worksurfaces.<br />

Not designed to be converted into<br />

Initiate Freestanding Desking.<br />

Description Model<br />

60 Wedge Worksurfaces<br />

➤ Two flat brackets and one tie bracket<br />

included.<br />

➤ Mate only with other T-Mold and<br />

Edgeband worksurfaces.<br />

Not designed to be converted into<br />

Initiate Freestanding Desking.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />

79-80.<br />

Models are specific to Abound<br />

and not designed to be used with<br />

the Initiate panel system.<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Half-Round Worksurfaces T-Mold and Edgeband Options<br />

30D x50L Connects to two 24D Worksurfaces HBWD2450(?) 52 5.0 $ 277 $ 572<br />

36D x62L Connects to two 30D Worksurfaces<br />

NOTES: Order one Support Column and two Universal<br />

HBWD3062(?) 58 6.1 $ 343 $ 668<br />

Support Legs or Full End Panel — see page 79. 30-36"D<br />

2"<br />

24"-30"D 24"-30"D<br />

50"-62"L<br />

Quarter-Round Worksurfaces T-Mold and Edgeband Options<br />

24W x24W Connects to two 24D Worksurfaces HBWQ2424(?) 18 2.6 $ 299 $ 328<br />

30W x30W Connects to two 30D Worksurfaces HBWQ3030(?) 25 3.7 $ 308 $ 411<br />

24"<br />

3"<br />

24"<br />

26"R<br />

30"<br />

HBWQ2424(?) HBWQ3030(?)<br />

60 Wedge Worksurfaces T-Mold and Edgeband Edges for use with 120 degree Universal Connector<br />

24W x24W HBWQT2424(?) 18 2.6 $ 282 $ 363<br />

30W x30W HBWQT3030(?) 25 3.7 $ 294 $ 423<br />

3 1 ⁄4"<br />

60°<br />

23 1 ⁄4"<br />

24"R<br />

HBWQT2424(?) HBWQT3030(?)<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

See page 6 See page 6<br />

H B W D 2 4 5 0 T . K 7 . K .<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

78 Abound Pricer 9/2011<br />

3 1 ⁄4"<br />

3"<br />

60°<br />

29 1 ⁄2"<br />

30"<br />

30"R<br />

32"R


Full End Panel<br />

➤ Designed for non-handed<br />

application.<br />

➤ Levelers provide 1 1 ⁄ 2 vertical<br />

adjustment.<br />

To support a panel-hung<br />

worksurface, provided<br />

bracket must be used for<br />

attachment to an Initiate<br />

Panel.<br />

Specify paint<br />

Non-handed unit<br />

Specify paint<br />

Non-handed unit<br />

Specify paint<br />

Support Leg<br />

➤ Use at 90 panel junctions or in a<br />

shared position to support adjoining<br />

worksurfaces.<br />

➤ A support leg can be used with a “Z”<br />

Bracket to support adjoining<br />

worksurfaces at different heights.<br />

➤ Provided with flat bracket.<br />

➤ Levelers provide 1 1 ⁄ 2 vertical<br />

adjustment.<br />

Support Column<br />

➤ Used to support one end of a<br />

peninsula, round or half-round<br />

worksurface. (Includes panel support<br />

brackets.)<br />

➤ Levelers provide 1 1 ⁄ 2 vertical<br />

adjustment.<br />

Description Model<br />

Open Leg<br />

➤ Open leg includes attaching hardware<br />

and leveling glides.<br />

➤ Leveling glides provide 2 1 ⁄ 4 of<br />

adjustment.<br />

➤ Open leg is universal shared with a<br />

left and right-hand attachment<br />

bracket.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Choice/<br />

Core Metallics<br />

Full End Panel*<br />

291 ⁄ 2H x11D — Right – Panel-Mount HRVEP1129R 16 s 1.4 $ 154 $ 182<br />

291 ⁄ 2H x11D — Left – Panel-Mount HRVEP1129L 16 s 1.4 $ 154 $ 182<br />

291 ⁄ 2H x24D — Right – Panel-Mount HRVEP2429R 21 s 1.4 $ 165 $ 193<br />

291 ⁄ 2H x24D — Left – Panel-Mount HRVEP2429L 21 1.4 $ 165 $ 193<br />

291 ⁄ 2H x30D — Right – Panel-Mount HRVEP3029R 23 1.4 $ 180 $ 208<br />

291 ⁄ 2H x30D — Left – Panel-Mount HRVEP3029L 23 1.4 $ 180 $ 208<br />

NOTES: The use of an end panel at the end of a worksurface will increase the rigidity of the workstation. If the panel is a greater dimension than the<br />

worksurface, an end panel is required if the run of the worksurfaces is 8 feet or greater.<br />

*Must be connected into panel slots. When an installation of worksurfaces is 8 feet or greater, a full end panel or universal support leg<br />

must be used at 90 degree panel junctions or in a shared position to support adjoining worksurfaces.<br />

Universal Support Leg*<br />

291 ⁄ 2H to support 24D HRVCLG24 16 s 1.4 $ 145 $ 173<br />

291 ⁄ 2H to support 30D HRVCLG30 17 s 1.4 $ 160 $ 188<br />

*Must be connected into panel slots. When an installation of worksurfaces is 8 feet or greater, a full end panel or universal support leg<br />

must be used at 90 degree panel junctions or in a shared position to support adjoining worksurfaces.<br />

Support Column*<br />

For 291 ⁄ 2 Height. 3 diameter.<br />

*Brackets must be connected into panel slots.<br />

HCNLEG29 13 s 1.1 $ 161 $ 187<br />

Open Leg Models*<br />

291 ⁄ 2H x18D HOLEG18 7 s 0.6 $ 146 $ 174<br />

291 ⁄ 2H x24D HOLEG24 11 s 1.2 $ 154 $ 182<br />

291 ⁄ 2H x30D<br />

*Must be connected into frame slots. Specify paint.<br />

HOLEG30 15 s 1.8 $ 167 $ 195<br />

Post Leg Base<br />

• Single Post Leg with Hardware Pack HMBPOST1 18 2.3 $ 219 $ 230<br />

• Requires hardware bracket model HWSA2. Please see page 80 for HWSA2 bracket<br />

ordering information.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H R V C L G 2 4 . T 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Worksurface Supports<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 79


Systems Worksurface Supports GSA SIN 711-1<br />

Flat and “Z” Brackets<br />

➤ Flat and “Z” Brackets can be<br />

used to connect one<br />

worksurface perpendicular to<br />

another worksurface.<br />

Worksurface Bracket Kit<br />

➤ Used to connect the end of a<br />

worksurface to a panel of the<br />

same width.<br />

Specify paint<br />

Specify paint<br />

Specify paint<br />

Permanent-Wall Hanger Kit<br />

➤ Used to hang storage cabinets and<br />

bookshelves from permanent wall,<br />

and/or to attach worksurfaces to<br />

permanent wall.<br />

➤ Wall track has 1 ⁄ 8 x 1 ⁄ 2 slots on<br />

1 centers.<br />

➤ Customer to furnish connecting<br />

hardware. (Refer to Initiate<br />

Installation Instructions for<br />

appropriate hardware.)<br />

➤ Includes a cover for top of channel.<br />

Worksurfaces should not be<br />

supported with Cantilever<br />

brackets when using Permanent-<br />

Wall Hanger Kit.<br />

Description Model<br />

Accessory Cantilever<br />

Use with reasonable judgment —<br />

avoid long cantilevered runs and<br />

installation on only one side of a<br />

straight connection. DO NOT<br />

position at the end of a panel run.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

DO NOT use to support<br />

worksurfaces from which a<br />

hanging pedestal is suspended,<br />

or to which a peninsula<br />

worksurface is attached.<br />

Core<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Choice/<br />

Metallics Custom<br />

Accessory Cantilever*<br />

18D HCTL182 4 s 0.3 $ 41 $ 50<br />

24D<br />

NOTES: One pair standard with all worksurfaces.<br />

*Must be connected into panel slots.<br />

HCTL242 5 s 0.3 $ 61 $ 70<br />

Flat Bracket<br />

18D HHN831118 3 s 0.2 $ 41 N/A<br />

24D HHN831124 3 s 0.3 $ 42 N/A<br />

30D<br />

Charcoal only.<br />

HHN831130 3 s 0.4 $ 42 N/A<br />

“Z” Brackets for Worksurfaces<br />

20/24 “Z” bracket (11 ⁄ 2 offset) HZB2401 1 s 0.4 $ 49 N/A<br />

20/24 “Z” bracket (3 offset) HZB2403 1 s 0.4 $ 49 N/A<br />

NOTES: Used when perpendicular worksurface is at a different height. Painted black.<br />

Worksurface Bracket Kit*<br />

One Pair HWSB2 1 s 0.1 $ 32 $ 34<br />

NOTES: To be used when the depth side of a worksurface is against a panel (return/wing panel) of the same dimension. This will increase the sturdiness<br />

of the workstation.<br />

*Must be connected into panel slots.<br />

Anti-Dislodgement Bracket Kit<br />

NOTES: To be used with model MBPOST1 support leg.<br />

HWSA2 1 0.1 $ 30 $ 32<br />

Permanent-Wall Hanger Kit<br />

Wall Hanger Kit (2 pieces)<br />

1 7 ⁄ 8W x1D x66H<br />

HRVC35PCE 6 s 0.7 $ 169 $ 188<br />

Wall Hanger Kit<br />

33 ⁄ 4W x2D x66H<br />

HRVC35PCM 3 s 0.7 $ 88 $ 97<br />

NOTES: Anchor devices are not supplied with these models. Refer to Abound Installation instructions for appropriate hardware.<br />

Attachment to masonry walls is not recommended.<br />

Pedestal to Panel Bracket Kit, Left HPD2PNBRK2L 3 0.3 $ 75 $ 81 $ 86<br />

Pedestal to Panel Bracket Kit, Right HPD2PNBRK2R 3 0.3 $ 75 $ 81 $ 86<br />

Bracket to attach 227 ⁄ 8D pedestals to 24D worksurface or 287 ⁄ 8D pedestals to 30D worksurface.<br />

Worksurface to Tower Bracket Kit<br />

Bracket to attach storage towers to panel hung worksurfaces. HSTB2W1 4 0.6 $ 52 $ 58 $ 64<br />

NOTES: Not designed to be used on desk tower. Replaces the need for a panel attached end panel. Standard with hardware to attach bracket to panel<br />

and worksurface.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H C T L 2 4 2 . T 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

80 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ For raised countertops, order<br />

countertop support kits<br />

separately.<br />

➤ Countertops constructed with<br />

high-pressure laminate.<br />

➤ Countertops have vinyl<br />

Edgeband.<br />

➤ Specify laminate or Edgeband options<br />

color.<br />

Corner countertops require two<br />

panels of corresponding width<br />

joined in a 90 connection.<br />

Countertops not designed to be<br />

used in conjunction with a<br />

worksurface on 30H panels.<br />

Description Model<br />

Models below are specific to<br />

Abound .<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Edgeband 15 Straight Raised Countertops<br />

24W x15D HBCSR1524P 19 s 1.4 $ 202<br />

30W x15D HBCSR1530P 25 s 1.4 $ 225<br />

36W x15D HBCSR1536P 27 s 1.6 $ 251<br />

42W x15D HBCSR1542P 32 s 1.8 $ 260<br />

48W x15D HBCSR1548P 38 s 2.1 $ 273<br />

60W x15D HBCSR1560P 48 s 2.6 $ 347<br />

66W x15D HBCSR1566P 53 s 2.7 $ 360<br />

72W x15D HBCSR1572P 59 s 3.1 $ 373<br />

Edgeband 15D Corner Raised Countertops<br />

24W x24D HBCSR2424P 44 s 1.4 $ 391<br />

30W x30D HBCSR3030P 51 1.4 $ 456<br />

36W x36D HBCSR3636P 58 1.6 $ 505<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

P Edgeband<br />

See page 6 See page 6<br />

H B C S R 1 5 2 4 P . K 7 . K<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Core<br />

List<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

Raised Straight Countertop Kits<br />

24W HRVBR1524 5 1.0 $ 97 $ 113<br />

30W HRVBR1530 5 1.0 $ 102 $ 118<br />

36W HRVBR1536 6 2.0 $ 108 $ 124<br />

42W HRVBR1542 6 2.0 $ 113 $ 129<br />

48W HRVBR1548 7 2.0 $ 118 $ 134<br />

60W HRVBR1560 8 2.0 $ 140 $ 156<br />

66W HRVBR1566 8 3.0 $ 150 $ 166<br />

72W<br />

NOTES: Special frame trim pieces come standard with Raised Countertop Kits.<br />

HRVBR1572 9 3.0 $ 161 $ 177<br />

Raised Corner Countertop Kits<br />

24W HRVBR1524P 5 1.0 $ 123 $ 139<br />

30W HRVBR1530P 6 1.0 $ 128 $ 144<br />

36W<br />

NOTES: Special frame trim pieces come standard with Raised Countertop Kits.<br />

HRVBR1536P 6 2.0 $ 135 $ 151<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H R V B R 1 5 2 4 . K 7<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Countertops — Straight and Corner<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 81


Systems Countertops — Straight and Corner GSA SIN 711-1<br />

➤ Countertop brackets and top<br />

cap standard.<br />

➤ One small flat bracket standard<br />

with each worksurface.<br />

➤ Countertops constructed with<br />

high-pressure laminate.<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

T-Mold Edge<br />

Edgeband<br />

➤ Countertops have T-Mold or<br />

Edgeband options.<br />

➤ Specify laminate and T-Mold or<br />

Edgeband options color.<br />

Corner countertops require two<br />

panels of corresponding width<br />

joined in a 90 connection.<br />

Description Model<br />

Abound countertops not<br />

designed to be used in<br />

conjunction with a worksurface<br />

on 30H panels.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Models below are specific to<br />

Abound .<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Straight Countertops<br />

24W x15D HBCS1524(?) 14 s 1.2 $ 193 $ 247<br />

30W x15D HBCS1530(?) 17 s 1.4 $ 198 $ 266<br />

36W x15D HBCS1536(?) 20 s 1.7 $ 203 $ 293<br />

42W x15D HBCS1542(?) 22 s 1.9 $ 226 $ 300<br />

48W x15D HBCS1548(?) 25 s 2.2 $ 246 $ 311<br />

60W x15D HBCS1560(?) 31 s 2.7 $ 259 $ 384<br />

66W x15D HBCS1566(?) 34 s 3.0 $ 286 $ 397<br />

72W x15D HBCS1572(?) 37 s 3.2 $ 291 $ 407<br />

Corner Countertops<br />

24W x24D HBCC2424(?) 34 s 1.6 $ 416 $ 441<br />

30W x30D HBCC3030(?) 39 3.4 $ 449 $ 515<br />

36W x36D HBCC3636(?) 50 4.9 $ 480 $ 549<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Paint Color<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

See page 6 See page 6 See page 6<br />

H B C S 1 5 2 4 T . K 7 . K . T 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

82 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Corner Shelf<br />

Edgeband model shown<br />

T-Mold model shown<br />

➤ T-Mold or Edgeband options. ➤ Diagonal leading edge = 10 1 ⁄ 2<br />

➤ Diagonal depth = 22 1 ⁄ 2<br />

Description Model<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Shelves — Corner Shelves<br />

➤ Includes panel attachment brackets.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List Price by Edge<br />

“T” “P”<br />

Corner Shelves<br />

36 x 36 x 12D HCS3636(?) 33 3.6 $ 346 $ 371<br />

42 x 42 x 12D HCS4242(?) 33 3.6 $ 362 $ 389<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Paint Color<br />

Select Edge Profile<br />

T Thin T-Mold<br />

P Edgeband<br />

See page 6 See page 6 See page 6<br />

H C S 3 6 3 6 T . K 7 . K . T 1<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube Core<br />

USB Hub, 3 Grommet Mount<br />

• Fits in either 3 round grommet holes on the Teacher’s Station.<br />

• Field installed with Plug-and-play ease.<br />

• Specify: Black (P) or Matte Chrome (Z9) finish.<br />

HGRMTUSB 7.0 s 0.9 $ 93<br />

Must be ordered with a configurable end product. If ordered separately, not on GSA Contract.<br />

Power Hub, 3 Grommet Mount<br />

• Fits in 3 round grommet holes on the following product lines: SmartLink, Huddle,<br />

Vicinity, Attune, Arrive, Announce, Park Avenue Veneer, Initiate Worksurfaces,<br />

Abound Worksurfaces, Pennsylvania Avenue.<br />

• Two grounded AC power outlets.<br />

• Includes 6 cord with three-prong plug.<br />

• Field installed with Plug-and-play ease.<br />

Available in black only (no color designation so use .X – Specify: HGRMTAC.X).<br />

HGRMTAC 1.3 0.2 $ 90<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4 D Discontinued 12/31/2011.<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 83


Overheads and Shelves Specifying<br />

Overhead storage<br />

cabinets can be<br />

positioned vertically<br />

in 1” increments.<br />

Locking clip<br />

feature secures storage<br />

cabinets to panels.<br />

Backstop keeps books,<br />

binders and supplies<br />

from coming in contact<br />

with tile fabric.<br />

Storage shelves can be positioned<br />

vertically in 1” increments.<br />

Locking clip<br />

feature secures storage<br />

shelves to panels.<br />

Product dimensions<br />

Overhead Storage Cabinet<br />

Width 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 60<br />

Inside width Flipper and Receding door — 3 ⁄ 8 less than width<br />

Hinged door — 13 ⁄ 4 less than width<br />

Depth 147 ⁄ 8<br />

Inside depth 127 ⁄ 8<br />

Height 15<br />

Inside height 123 ⁄ 4<br />

Open Shelf<br />

Width 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 60<br />

Depth 143 ⁄ 8<br />

Height 55 ⁄ 8<br />

Backstop keeps books,<br />

binders and supplies from<br />

coming in contact with<br />

tile fabric.<br />

Finish options include Core and Choice<br />

paint colors.<br />

Available in hinge door and<br />

flipper door options. Flipper<br />

door slides over top of<br />

cabinet.<br />

15” design allows<br />

maximum storage while<br />

minimizing space.<br />

Core removable locks allow lateral files, center<br />

drawers, pedestals and overhead cabinets to be<br />

keyed alike. Omit lock core option available.<br />

Straight low profile<br />

end panels.<br />

Task lights can be mounted<br />

beneath storage shelves and<br />

overhead storage cabinets. Cord retainer clips fasten into panel<br />

slots to anchor power cords. Available<br />

in black only. Clips are provided with<br />

undershelf mounted task lights.<br />

84 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Specification Guidelines<br />

In a panel run, only two overhead storage cabinets or open storage shelves are<br />

recommended per panel side. When suspending overhead storage off-module<br />

only one storage unit per panel side is allowed.<br />

When overhead storage units are suspended from stacking frames, the<br />

following guidelines should be adhered to:<br />

Stacking frames should be added to all the parent run panels, and to each<br />

return-panel run. Stacking panels added to return panel must match the parent<br />

run configuration.<br />

A maximum of two overhead storage units should be suspended from each<br />

side of stacking frames on any given panel.<br />

65”<br />

20 1 ⁄2”<br />

15”<br />

29 1 ⁄2”<br />

Flipper and Receding Door Overhead Storage cabinets and the Open<br />

Shelf can also be mounted to a maximum height of 65H on Abound frames.<br />

No limitation to the number of<br />

units on structural frames when<br />

units are spaced 12 apart and<br />

when the run is supported with<br />

return panels on each side of<br />

storage shelves or overhead<br />

storage cabinets.<br />

Overheads and Shelves Specifying<br />

Storage shelf and flipper door<br />

overhead width must correspond with<br />

width of panel(s). It is possible to span<br />

two panels when combined panel width<br />

equals cabinet or shelf width.<br />

Abound Overhead Cabinets can be<br />

mounted on a panel equal to or up to<br />

18 narrower than cabinet.<br />

Only applies to Flipper Door and<br />

Receding Door Overhead models.<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 85


Abound Overhead Storage GSA SIN 711-1 Except as Noted<br />

➤ Overhead Storage Cabinets ➤ 60 units are one piece cabinet with<br />

with doors are standard with a two doors.<br />

factory installed core removable ➤ Abound overheads have the ability to<br />

lock located on the underside hang on either side of the frame.<br />

of the cabinet.<br />

➤ Omit lock option.<br />

➤ All units feature an antidislodgement<br />

device.<br />

GSA contract pending<br />

Abound Flipper and Receding<br />

Metal Door Overheads attach<br />

with off-modular brackets<br />

allowing the overhead to be used<br />

with the Initiate panel system.<br />

See pages 84-85 for overhead<br />

specifying.<br />

Description Model<br />

New upmount kits for Abound<br />

overheads can be used with<br />

flipper or receding door<br />

overheads. Cannot be used with<br />

Vicinity for Abound overheads.<br />

See page 88.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Keyed alike cores must be<br />

ordered separately — see page<br />

89.<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

Metal Flipper Door Overheads<br />

24W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH24FM 35 5.2 $ 427 $ 474<br />

30W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH30FM 38 6.3 $ 434 $ 481<br />

36W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH36FM 41 7.5 $ 455 $ 502<br />

42W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH42FM 46 8.6 $ 477 $ 524<br />

48W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH48FM 52 9.8 $ 498 $ 545<br />

60W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH60FM 62 12.1 $ 658 $ 705<br />

Open Shelf<br />

24W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x5 5 ⁄ 8H HRVSH24 13 s 2.3 $ 182 $ 198<br />

30W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x5 5 ⁄ 8H HRVSH30 15 s 2.9 $ 197 $ 213<br />

36W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x5 5 ⁄ 8H HRVSH36 16 s 3.4 $ 210 $ 226<br />

42W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x5 5 ⁄ 8H HRVSH42 17 s 4.0 $ 217 $ 233<br />

48W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x5 5 ⁄ 8H HRVSH48 18 s 4.5 $ 228 $ 244<br />

60W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x5 5 ⁄ 8H HRVSH60 20 5.6 $ 279 $ 295<br />

Receding Door Overhead<br />

30W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH1530RM 38 5.7 $ 553 $ 604<br />

36W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH1536RM 41 6.8 $ 583 $ 634<br />

42W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH1542RM 46 7.8 $ 620 $ 671<br />

48W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH1548RM 52 8.9 $ 671 $ 722<br />

60W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH1560RM 62 11.2 $1017 $1068<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Paint Color Select Lock Option<br />

from above<br />

See page 6 L Lock<br />

H R V O H 2 4 F M . T 4 .<br />

X Omit Lock (deduct $14) (where applicable)<br />

See page 89<br />

L<br />

➤ Brushed aluminum finish around<br />

low-glare porcelain coated<br />

steel magnetic writing surface.<br />

➤ Brushed aluminum marker tray<br />

attaches to frame.<br />

➤ Width of markerboard must<br />

correspond to the width of the panel.<br />

➤ Markerboards will attach to the<br />

Abound frame with brackets<br />

provided.<br />

Description Model COM<br />

➤ Able to use multiple markerboards<br />

next to each other and multiple<br />

boards per panel.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

Markerboards<br />

36W x24H HHMRK36 15 s 3.2 $ 358<br />

42W x24H HHMRK42 17 s 4.0 $ 388<br />

48W x24H<br />

No color specification required.<br />

HHMRK48 19 s 4.6 $ 418<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

86 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ SecureFit back on overheads<br />

allows hang-on accessories.<br />

See page 37.<br />

➤ SecureFit back on overheads<br />

allows hang-on accessories.<br />

See page 37.<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

Steel Front Hinged Door Overhead with Arch Pull<br />

24W x15D x15H HRVOHV24HMA 32 5.6 $ 577 $ 624<br />

30W x15D x15H HRVOHV30HMA 36 6.8 $ 597 $ 644<br />

36W x15D x15H HRVOHV36HMA 42 7.7 $ 619 $ 666<br />

42W x15D x15H HRVOHV42HMA 52 8.1 $ 640 $ 687<br />

48W x15D x15H HRVOHV48HMA 56 9.2 $ 662 $ 709<br />

Open Storage Cabinet<br />

24W x15D x15H HRVSHV24 21 5.6 $ 524 $ 571<br />

30W x15D x15H HRVSHV30 26 6.8 $ 544 $ 591<br />

36W x15D x15H HRVSHV36 29 7.7 $ 566 $ 613<br />

42W x15D x15H HRVSHV42 32 8.1 $ 587 $ 634<br />

48W x15D x15H HRVSHV48 37 9.2 $ 609 $ 656<br />

➤ Laminate fronts are available in<br />

woodgrain only.<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Laminate Front Overhead Storage<br />

Description Model<br />

GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Overhead Storage<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

Laminate Front Hinged Door Overheads with Arch Pull<br />

24W x15D x15H HRVOHV24HLA 35 5.6 $ 710 $ 757<br />

30W x15D x15H HRVOHV30HLA 40 6.8 $ 732 $ 779<br />

36W x15D x15H HRVOHV36HLA 48 7.7 $ 752 $ 799<br />

42W x15D x15H HRVOHV42HLA 53 8.1 $ 774 $ 821<br />

48W x15D x15H HRVOHV48HLA 64 9.2 $ 795 $ 842<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Lock Option Select Paint Color<br />

Select the Pull<br />

L Lock<br />

See page 6<br />

A Satin Chrome Arch<br />

X Omit Lock (deduct $14) (where applicable)<br />

See page 89<br />

HRVOHV2 4HMA . L . T4<br />

How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

Select Lock Option Select Front Laminate Color Select Case Paint Color<br />

Select the Pull<br />

L Lock<br />

(Woodgrain only.)<br />

See page 6<br />

A Satin Chrome Arch<br />

X Omit Lock (deduct $14)<br />

See page 89<br />

See page 6<br />

HRVOHV2 4HLA. L . H . T4<br />

Icon Legend on page 4<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 87


Abound Overhead Accessories GSA SIN 711-1 Except as Noted<br />

➤ Upmount Bracket allows<br />

mounting of Overhead Cabinet<br />

up to 15 above height of<br />

panel.<br />

GSA contract pending<br />

Specify paint<br />

SIN 711-3<br />

New upmount kits for Abound<br />

overheads can be used with<br />

flipper or receding door<br />

overheads. Cannot be used with<br />

Vicinity for Abound overheads.<br />

See page 86.<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

Upmount Kits for Overheads<br />

24W HRVUP24 7.0 0.3 $ 116 $ 133<br />

30W HRVUP30 8.0 0.3 $ 121 $ 138<br />

36W HRVUP36 10.0 0.4 $ 126 $ 143<br />

42W HRVUP42 11.0 0.4 $ 132 $ 149<br />

48W HRVUP48 12.0 0.5 $ 138 $ 155<br />

60W<br />

• Includes two upmount brackets, full back panel and installation hardware.<br />

• Brackets require a clearance of 6<br />

HRVUP60 16.0 0.6 $ 148 $ 165<br />

1 ⁄ 2 below bottom of overhead cabinet.<br />

• Full back panel adds 1 ⁄ 2 to depth of overhead case.<br />

Kit width must correspond to the width of the overhead case.<br />

Overhead Shelf Dividers<br />

Shelf Dividers — package of 6 H38SHFDV 3.0 s 0.2 $ 100 $ 109<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H3 8 SHFDV . T1<br />

Specify paint<br />

Description Model<br />

GSA — Above models receive Other Filing & Storage discounting.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Core Metallics<br />

Cord Cover<br />

• Allows routing of task light cords.<br />

• Vertical height 13. HNCC 0.7 s 0.2 $ 26 $ 32<br />

• Vertical height 18. HNCC18 1.0 s 0.3 $ 26 $ 32<br />

• Cord cover can be positioned into panel slots and used under task lights and under worksurfaces.<br />

A cord cover is not designed to fit in same panel slots along with tackboards.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

HNCC . T 1<br />

Description Model<br />

Task Lights<br />

Open<br />

Market<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Basic<br />

(No suffix<br />

required)<br />

Chicago<br />

Code<br />

“CH”<br />

• Slim profile design mounts recessed under storage unit and shelves with spring steel clips.<br />

Chicago Code Version —<br />

Specify: Model/“CH”.<br />

• T5 bulb included which contains less mercury than other types of bulbs.<br />

• 9-foot black cord and switch off right rear corner.<br />

• Electronic ballast for increased energy efficiency.<br />

• 2 lights (HH870930) can be mounted under 60W storage cabinet Models HNSC60DL or HNSC60FL.<br />

For 24W storage cabinets or shelves,<br />

EXAMPLE: HH870924CH<br />

183 ⁄ 8W x47 ⁄ 8D x11 ⁄ 8H<br />

For 30W and 36W storage cabinets or shelves,<br />

HH870924(?) 5.0 s 0.4 $ 177 $ 231<br />

227 ⁄ 8W x47 ⁄ 8D x11 ⁄ 8H<br />

For 42W and 48W storage cabinets or shelves,<br />

HH870930(?) 7.0 s 0.6 $ 181 $ 237<br />

345 ⁄ 8W x47 ⁄ 8D x11 ⁄ 8H<br />

For 60W storage cabinets or shelves,<br />

HH870942(?) 10.0 s 0.9 $ 196 $ 249<br />

461 ⁄ 2W x47 ⁄ 8D x11 ⁄ 8H HH870960(?) 12.0 s 1.1 $ 211 $ 264<br />

Color: Black. GSA — Above models receive Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

88 Abound Pricer 9/2011


SIN 711-2<br />

SIN 711-2<br />

How to specify<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

Chrome Removable Lock Core Kit (for metal casegoods)<br />

Specify quantity of each key number from 101E-225E.<br />

Includes: 1-core, 2-keys, 1-core removal tool and instructions.<br />

Use when specifying omit lock application.<br />

HF23C 0.1 s 0.1 $ 28<br />

NOTES: If key number isn’t specified, number will be at random. Core matches manufactured lock on metal casegoods product but can be used with<br />

veneer and laminate product.<br />

GSA — Above model receives Vertical, Lateral & Shelf Filing discounting.<br />

HOW TO ORDER CORE REMOVABLE LOCK KITS:<br />

Specify: Model Number.X<br />

Key Number<br />

Examples: HF23C.X121E<br />

HF23C.X (Key number not specified)<br />

NOTES: Key orders without numbers specified will be keyed at random.<br />

Numbers 101E-225E are available.<br />

SAMPLE ORDER:<br />

Quantity Model Key Code<br />

6 HF23C. X121E<br />

4 HF23B. X121E<br />

5 HF24. X121E<br />

1 HF22. X<br />

2 HF24. X<br />

Omit Lock Core (Deduct $14)<br />

• The factory will omit lock cores.<br />

• Removable lock core kits with specific key number must be ordered to facilitate keying alike in the field.<br />

• For specific models, look for the Omit Lock Core icon throughout this publication.<br />

HF23C 0.1 s 0.1 $ 28<br />

GSA — Above models receive Vertical, Lateral & Shelf Filing discounting.<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

H F 2 3 C<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

Abound Accessories<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 89


Abound Accessories GSA SIN 711-1, 711-2, Except as Noted<br />

CPU Holders<br />

➤ Vertically mounts to underside<br />

of worksurface at end panel.<br />

➤ Holds tower computers or<br />

desktop computers in vertical<br />

position.<br />

➤ Supports up to 85 lbs.<br />

➤ Height adjustable from 15 to<br />

24 below worksurface.<br />

➤ Width adjustable to accept<br />

units from 3 to 9W.<br />

➤ 16 gauge steel construction.<br />

Black only<br />

SIN 711-1, 711-2<br />

How to specify<br />

➤ Model HCPU2 holds units in fixed<br />

position.<br />

➤ Model HCPU3 features retractable<br />

suspension system.<br />

➤ Can be used with 66000 Series<br />

training tables, as well as Education<br />

Workstations, Simplicity and Initiate<br />

Systems.<br />

Black Finish<br />

Touch-up Kit<br />

➤ Touch-up kit allows minor repairs in<br />

the field.<br />

➤ Kit includes markers for small touchups<br />

to metal casegoods products.<br />

Shippable by small package<br />

carrier, ground only.<br />

➤ Model HPKT001 includes:<br />

• 1 Marker each of Black (P),<br />

Carob (T8), Charcoal (S), Greige<br />

(T5), Light Gray (Q), Muslin (T3),<br />

Putty (L), and Taupe (E) .<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ Model HPMARKER1 includes:<br />

• 1 Marker (color must be specified<br />

when ordering).<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

CPU Holders<br />

• Vertically mounts to underside of worksurface at end panel.<br />

• Holds tower computers or desktop computers in vertical position.<br />

• Supports up to 85 lbs.<br />

• Height adjustable from 15 to 24 below worksurface.<br />

• Width adjustable to accept units from 3 to 9W.<br />

• 16 gauge steel construction.<br />

• Model HCPU2 holds units in fixed position.<br />

HCPU2 7.5 s 0.5 $ 148<br />

• Model HCPU3 features retractable suspension system.<br />

• Can be used with 66000 Series training tables, as well as<br />

Adjustable Height Training Tables, Simplicity and Initiate Systems.<br />

HCPU3 12.0 s 0.5 $ 211<br />

Black Finish GSA — Above models receive Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />

Select Model Number<br />

from above<br />

HCPU2<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

Touch-up Kit, includes all 8 Core paint colorsHPKT001 0.3 s 0.1 $ 114<br />

1 Touch-up MarkerHPMARKER1 0.1 s 0.1 $ 28<br />

Open<br />

Market<br />

Open<br />

Market<br />

Available in: GSA — Above models receive Filing Furniture discounting.<br />

Black (P), Carob (T8), Charcoal (S), Greige (T5), Light Gray (Q), Muslin (T3), Putty (L), and Taupe (E)<br />

Metallic colors available only in touch-up paint, not markers.<br />

.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number<br />

Select Color<br />

from above<br />

P Black<br />

T8 Carob<br />

S Charcoal<br />

T5 Greige<br />

Q Light Gray<br />

T3 Muslin<br />

L Putty<br />

E Taupe<br />

H P K T 0 0 1<br />

HPMARKER1 . P<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4 De-emphasized 12/31/2011.<br />

90 Abound Pricer 9/2011


➤ Arms fold back to post to allow ➤ Arms feature double extension,<br />

more desktop room.<br />

allowing 20 of back and forth<br />

movement.<br />

➤ Cable management on both pole and<br />

arm assemblies.<br />

➤ Counterbalance adjustment provides<br />

stability for monitors up to 18 lbs per<br />

arm.<br />

Description Model<br />

➤ Dual screen models allow screens to<br />

be aligned horizontally for optimal<br />

ergonomic positioning.<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

Double Monitor Arm, for dual monitor application HH7920 13.2 1.0 $ 865<br />

• Model ships with two monitor arms, hardware to attach arm to monitor, mounting pole, and both desk clamp and grommet mount hardware.<br />

• Spring counterbalance height adjustment allows for 6 range and fingertip adjustment.<br />

• Arms also height adjust on pole, providing 8 1 ⁄ 2 adjustment range.<br />

• 180 degrees of screen tilt forward and back and side to side.<br />

• Available in Black (P) or Matte Chrome (Z9) (mounting pole is always Stainless Steel).<br />

Single Monitor Arm HH7915 9.5 1.0 $ 505<br />

• Model ships with one monitor arm, hardware to attach arm to monitor, mounting pole, and both desk clamp and grommet mount hardware.<br />

• Spring counterbalance height adjustment allows for 6 range and fingertip adjustment.<br />

• Arms also height adjust on pole, providing 8 1 ⁄ 2 adjustment range.<br />

• 180 degrees of screen tilt forward and back and side to side.<br />

• Available in Black (P) or Matte Chrome (Z9) (mounting pole is always Stainless Steel).<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Color<br />

from above<br />

P Black<br />

H H 7 9 2 0 .<br />

Z9 Matte Chrome<br />

P<br />

Black only finish.<br />

Black only<br />

GSA SIN 711-1, 711-2, 711-11 Optional Accessories — Keyboard Platform<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

Articulating Keyboard Platforms H850500 17 s 1.5 $ 507<br />

• Samba articulating/swiveling keyboard platform, 20W x101 ⁄ 2D.<br />

• 30 platform tilt feature with 360 rotation.<br />

• 12 platform height adjustment allows user to use keyboard sitting or standing. (41 ⁄ 2 below to 71 ⁄ 2 above worksurface level).<br />

• Simple, one-touch paddle adjusts keyboard height and tilt.<br />

• Glide suspension standard with extended arm (19 of in/out adjustment). 24 track length.<br />

• 18W gel palm rest on platform with black lycra cover allows left or right-hand mousing.<br />

• 10 diameter mouse platform tilts/swivels above keyboard (LH or RH field installed).<br />

• Two small pear-shaped cutouts provide cord management on mouse pad.<br />

• “Comfort Shield” on underside of keyboard mechanism provides a smooth, snag-free surface preventing interference with knees or clothing.<br />

• Required mounting clearance: keyboard width (21 min.) x 24D.<br />

• Long travel provides solution for corner workstations.<br />

Not designed to be used with 24D credenza or return.<br />

GSA — Above model receives Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Color<br />

from above<br />

P Black<br />

H 8 5 0 5 0 0 . P<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA CONTRACT PENDING Optional Accessories — Monitor Arm<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 91


Optional Accessories — Keyboard Platforms GSA SIN 711-1, 711-2, 711-11<br />

Black only finish.<br />

Black only<br />

Black only<br />

Black only<br />

Black only<br />

Black only<br />

Description Model<br />

Articulating Keyboard Platforms<br />

• Fully articulating and swiveling platform style, 21W x10 1 ⁄ 2D with recessed surface.<br />

• 30 platform tilt feature (15 positive and 15 negative tilt), with 360 rotation.<br />

• Maximum platform height adjustment: 6 —1 above and 5 below worksurface.<br />

• Fully retractable, steel ball bearing slide suspension.<br />

• Keyboard locks into position.<br />

• Padded palm rest.<br />

• Sliding 9W x9D mouse tray is LH or RH.<br />

• Required mounting clearance: keyboard width (21 min.) x 17D.<br />

• 12 travel appropriate for straight worksurface/bridge applications.<br />

• Maestro keyboard – glide track.<br />

• One paddle for height control via spring brake.<br />

• Standard with arm, platform, mouse and wrist rest.<br />

• Glide track.<br />

• Tilt angle adjusts via latch.<br />

• 25 platform tilt feature (10 positive and 15 negative tilt), with 360 rotation.<br />

• Height adjustment 6 below worksurface, 1 above.<br />

• Tray size: 20 3 ⁄ 4 x 11.<br />

• Mouse pad size: 9 1 ⁄ 4 x8 1 ⁄ 2; Left or Right Hand placement option.<br />

• Overall length: 23 1 ⁄ 2.<br />

• Required mounting clearance: keyboard width (21 min.) x 17D.<br />

• 12 1 ⁄ 4 travel appropriate for straight worksurface/bridge applications.<br />

• Bravo keyboard – ball bearing.<br />

• No knobs or levers to adjust height — simply lift, position and release.<br />

• Standard with arm, platform, mouse and wrist rest.<br />

• Ball bearing track.<br />

• 25 platform tilt feature (10 positive and 15 negative tilt), with 360 rotation.<br />

• Height adjustment 8.1 below worksurface, 0.6 below.<br />

• Tray size: 203 ⁄ 4 x 11.<br />

• Mouse pad size: 91 ⁄ 4 x81 ⁄ 2; Left or Right Hand placement option.<br />

• Required mounting clearance: keyboard width (21 min.) x 213 ⁄ 4D.<br />

• 17 travel appropriate for corner worksurface applications deeper than 24.<br />

Not designed to be used with units with a depth of 24 or less.<br />

• Bravo keyboard – glide track.<br />

• No knobs or levers to adjust height — simply lift, position and release.<br />

• Standard with arm, platform, mouse and wrist rest.<br />

• 25 platform tilt feature (10 positive and 15 negative tilt), with 360 rotation.<br />

• Height adjustment 8.1 below worksurface, 0.6 below.<br />

• Tray size: 20 3 ⁄ 4 x 11.<br />

• Mouse pad size: 9 1 ⁄ 4 x8 1 ⁄ 2; Left or Right Hand placement option.<br />

• Required mounting clearance: keyboard width (21 min.) x 17D.<br />

• 12 1 ⁄ 4 travel appropriate for straight worksurface/bridge applications.<br />

• Keyboard with mouse.<br />

• Knob adjustment.<br />

• Clamp tray for mouse.<br />

• 30 platform tilt feature (15 positive and 15 negative tilt), with 360 rotation.<br />

• Height adjustment 6 below worksurface, 1 above.<br />

• Tray size: 20 3 ⁄ 4 x 11.<br />

• Mouse pad size: 8 x8.<br />

• Required mounting clearance: keyboard width (21 min.) x 17D.<br />

• 12 travel appropriate for straight worksurface/bridge applications.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Color<br />

from above<br />

P Black<br />

H 8 4 0 0 0 . P<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

H840000 25 s 0.6 $ 405<br />

HHKB900 20 s 1.2 $ 462<br />

HHKB800 23 s 0.6 $ 435<br />

HHKB700 18 s 0.6 $ 371<br />

HHKB200 15 s 0.7 $ 247<br />

GSA — Entire page receives Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />

92 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

Veneer Keyboard Platform<br />

Veneer Tray dimensions: 21 1 ⁄ 2W x10 1 ⁄ 4D x1 1 ⁄ 8 Thick H90150 11 s 0.5 $ 250<br />

• Seven height adjustments from 1 to 2 3 ⁄ 8 below bottom of worksurface. GSA — Above model receives Simplicity II Panel System discounting.<br />

• Ball bearing slide; finger pull under platform.<br />

• Minimum clearance for mounting: 24 1 ⁄ 2W x15 7 ⁄ 8D.<br />

• Specify finish.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Veneer<br />

from above<br />

See page 664 of the January 2011 <strong>HON</strong> List Pricer<br />

H 9 0 1 5 0 . H H<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube List<br />

Laminate Keyboard Platform<br />

Laminate Tray dimensions: 21 1 ⁄ 2W x10D x1 1 ⁄ 8 Thick H4022 10 s 0.6 $ 172<br />

• Minimum clearance for mounting: 22 7 ⁄ 8W x17D. GSA — Above model receives Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />

• Surface can be positioned 2, 2 1 ⁄ 2, 3 or 3 1 ⁄ 2 below bottom of worksurface.<br />

• Will not fit on a 37 x 24 Corner worksurface.<br />

• Specify laminate.<br />

Laminate Keyboard Platform with Extended Tray<br />

Laminate Tray dimensions: 30W x10D x11 ⁄ 8 Thick HE4022 12 s 0.7 $ 233<br />

• Minimum clearance for mounting: 321 ⁄ 2W x17D<br />

• Surface can be positioned 2, 2<br />

GSA — Above model receives Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />

1 ⁄ 2, 3 or 31 ⁄ 2 below bottom of worksurface.<br />

• Will not fit on a 37 x 24 Corner worksurface.<br />

• Ball bearing slide; slide and brackets are Black.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Laminate<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H 4 0 2 2 . H<br />

Description Model<br />

Ship<br />

Weight Cube<br />

Core<br />

List by Paint Grade<br />

Choice/<br />

Metallics Custom<br />

Metal Keyboard Platforms<br />

30W Metal Keyboard and Mouse Tray. H4028 11 s 1.5 $ 116 $ 125 $ 133<br />

• Designed to hold keyboards and allow room for mouse pads.<br />

• Tray dimensions: 30W x10D.<br />

• Minimum clearance for mounting: 32 1 ⁄ 2W x15D.<br />

• Surface is positioned 3 below bottom of worksurface.<br />

• Non-articulating, only movement is front-to-back. Does not tilt or swivel.<br />

• Specify paint color.<br />

24W Metal Keyboard Tray. H4029 11 s 1.5 $ 103 $ 113 $ 120<br />

• Designed to hold ONLY keyboards. GSA — Above models receive Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />

• Tray dimensions: 24W x10D.<br />

• Minimum clearance for mounting: 26 1 ⁄ 2W x15D.<br />

• Surface is positioned 3 below bottom of worksurface.<br />

• Non-articulating, only movement is front-to-back. Does not tilt or swivel.<br />

• Specify paint color.<br />

How to specify 1st Option<br />

Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />

from above<br />

See page 6<br />

H 4 0 2 8 2 . T 1<br />

s Icon Legend on page 4<br />

GSA SIN 711-1, 711-2, 711-11 Optional Accessories — Keyboard Platforms<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 93


Cross Reference Index<br />

Model Page Model Page Model Page Model Page Model Page<br />

H38SHFDV 88<br />

H4022 93<br />

H4028 93<br />

H4029 93<br />

H840000 92<br />

H850500 91<br />

H90150 93<br />

HAADF3 53<br />

HAADF4 53<br />

HBCC2424(?) 82<br />

HBCC3030(?) 82<br />

HBCC3636(?) 82<br />

HBCS1524(?) 82<br />

HBCS1530(?) 82<br />

HBCS1536(?) 82<br />

HBCS1542(?) 82<br />

HBCS1548(?) 82<br />

HBCS1560(?) 82<br />

HBCS1566(?) 82<br />

HBCS1572(?) 82<br />

HBCSR1524P 81<br />

HBCSR1530P 81<br />

HBCSR1536P 81<br />

HBCSR1542P 81<br />

HBCSR1548P 81<br />

HBCSR1560P 81<br />

HBCSR1566P 81<br />

HBCSR1572P 81<br />

HBCSR2424P 81<br />

HBCSR3030P 81<br />

HBCSR3636P 81<br />

HBWCT3624(?) 70<br />

HBWCT3624S(?) 71<br />

HBWCT4224(?) 70<br />

HBWCT4224S(?) 71<br />

HBWCT4230(?) 70<br />

HBWCT4230S(?) 71<br />

HBWCT4824(?) 70<br />

HBWCT4824S(?) 71<br />

HBWCT4830(?) 70<br />

HBWCT4830S(?) 71<br />

HBWD2450(?) 78<br />

HBWD3062(?) 78<br />

HBWQ2424(?) 78<br />

HBWQ3030(?) 78<br />

HBWQT2424(?) 78<br />

HBWQT3030(?) 78<br />

HCNLEG29 79<br />

HCPU2 90<br />

HCPU3 90<br />

HCS3636(?) 83<br />

HCS4242(?) 83<br />

HCTL182 80<br />

HCTL242 80<br />

HE4022 93<br />

HEP35 52<br />

HEP65 52<br />

HF23C 89<br />

HGRMTAC 83<br />

HGRMTUSB 83<br />

HH15042SD 19<br />

HH16542SD 19<br />

HH18042SD 19<br />

HH7915 91<br />

HH7920 91<br />

HH870924(?) 88<br />

HH870930(?) 88<br />

HH870942(?) 88<br />

HH870960(?) 88<br />

HH8710120 51<br />

HH8710120A 51<br />

HH8710144 51<br />

HH8710144A 51<br />

HH871024 51<br />

HH871024A 51<br />

HH871030 51<br />

HH871030A 51<br />

HH871036 51<br />

HH871036A 51<br />

HH871042 51<br />

HH871042A 51<br />

HH871048 51<br />

HH871048A 51<br />

HH871060 51<br />

HH871060A 51<br />

HH871072 51<br />

HH871072A 51<br />

HH871096 51<br />

HH871096A 51<br />

HH871124 51<br />

HH871124A 51<br />

HH871130 51<br />

HH871130A 51<br />

HH871136 51<br />

HH871136A 51<br />

HH871142 51<br />

HH871142A 51<br />

HH871148 51<br />

HH871148A 51<br />

HH871160 51<br />

HH871160A 51<br />

HH871224 51<br />

HH871224A 51<br />

HH871230 51<br />

HH871230A 51<br />

HH871236 51<br />

HH871236A 51<br />

HH871242 51<br />

HH871242A 51<br />

HH871248 51<br />

HH871248A 51<br />

HH871260 51<br />

HH871260A 51<br />

HH871366 51<br />

HH871366A 51<br />

HH871400 51<br />

HH871400A 51<br />

HH871601 53<br />

HH871601A 53<br />

HH871912 51<br />

HH871912A 51<br />

HH871918 51<br />

HH871918A 51<br />

HH873500 51<br />

HH873501 53<br />

HH873501A 53<br />

HH873502 53<br />

HH873502A 53<br />

HH873503 53<br />

HH873503A 53<br />

HH873504 53<br />

HH873506 53<br />

HH873506A 53<br />

HH879072 51<br />

HH879072A 51<br />

HH879168 51<br />

HH879168A 51<br />

HH8988EBN 52<br />

HHCMT24 52<br />

HHCMT36 52<br />

HHD2R2D 53<br />

HHEM620 53<br />

HHES410 53<br />

HHEV920 53<br />

HHKB200 92<br />

HHKB700 92<br />

HHKB800 92<br />

HHKB900 92<br />

HHKDMK30 19<br />

HHKDMK36 19<br />

HHKDMK42 19<br />

HHKDMK48 19<br />

HHKHSM100 72<br />

HHMRK36 86<br />

HHMRK42 86<br />

HHMRK48 86<br />

HHN831118 80<br />

HHN831124 80<br />

HHN831130 80<br />

HHPMC6 41<br />

HHT2DP 51<br />

HHTADJ5 53<br />

HHTADJ6 53<br />

HMBPOST1 79<br />

HN899900 18<br />

HN899910 18<br />

HNCC 88<br />

HNCC18 88<br />

HNPMBSW24 34<br />

HNPMBSW30 34<br />

HNPMBSW36 34<br />

HNPMBSW42 34<br />

HNPMBSW48 34<br />

HNPMBSW60 34<br />

HOLEG18 79<br />

HOLEG24 79<br />

HOLEG30 79<br />

HPD2PNBRK2L 80<br />

HPD2PNBRK2R 80<br />

HPKT001 90<br />

HPMARKER1 90<br />

HPPMAS 35<br />

HPPMFB 35<br />

HPPMPB 35<br />

HPPMPS 35<br />

HPPMPT 35<br />

HPPMST 35<br />

HRVBR1524 81<br />

HRVBR1524P 81<br />

HRVBR1530 81<br />

HRVBR1530P 81<br />

HRVBR1536 81<br />

HRVBR1536P 81<br />

HRVBR1542 81<br />

HRVBR1548 81<br />

HRVBR1560 81<br />

HRVBR1566 81<br />

HRVBR1572 81<br />

HRVC15PF 22<br />

HRVC15PFT 22<br />

HRVC15PFV 22<br />

HRVC15PL 20<br />

HRVC15PS 20<br />

HRVC15PT 20<br />

HRVC15PX 20<br />

HRVC22PFT 22<br />

HRVC22PFV 22<br />

HRVC22PL 20<br />

HRVC22PS 20<br />

HRVC22PT 20<br />

HRVC22PX 20<br />

HRVC30PF 22<br />

HRVC30PFT 22<br />

HRVC30PFV 22<br />

HRVC30PL 20<br />

HRVC30PS 20<br />

HRVC30PT 20<br />

HRVC30PX 20<br />

HRVC35PCE 22, 80<br />

HRVC35PCM 22, 80<br />

HRVC35PF 22<br />

HRVC35PL 20<br />

HRVC35PS 20<br />

HRVC35PT 20<br />

HRVC35PX 20<br />

HRVC35PY2 21<br />

HRVC35PY3 21<br />

HRVC42PF 22<br />

HRVC42PL 20<br />

HRVC42PS 20<br />

HRVC42PT 20<br />

HRVC42PX 20<br />

HRVC42PY2 21<br />

HRVC42PY3 21<br />

HRVC50PF 22<br />

HRVC50PL 20<br />

HRVC50PS 20<br />

HRVC50PT 20<br />

HRVC50PX 20<br />

HRVC50PY2 21<br />

HRVC50PY3 21<br />

HRVC65PF 22<br />

HRVC65PL 20<br />

HRVC65PS 20<br />

HRVC65PT 20<br />

HRVC65PW 22<br />

HRVC65PX 20<br />

HRVC65PY2 21<br />

HRVC65PY3 21<br />

HRVC7PFT 22<br />

HRVC7PFV 22<br />

HRVC7PL 20<br />

HRVC7PS 20<br />

HRVC7PT 20<br />

HRVC7PX 20<br />

HRVC80PF 22<br />

HRVC80PL 20<br />

HRVC80PS 20<br />

HRVC80PT 20<br />

HRVC80PX 20<br />

HRVCLG24 79<br />

HRVCLG30 79<br />

HRVD0742T 18<br />

HRVD9542 18<br />

HRVEP1129L 79<br />

HRVEP1129R 79<br />

HRVEP2429L 79<br />

HRVEP2429R 79<br />

HRVEP3029L 79<br />

HRVEP3029R 79<br />

HRVF1524 17<br />

HRVF1530 17<br />

HRVF1536 17<br />

HRVF1542 17<br />

HRVF1548 17<br />

HRVF1560 17<br />

HRVF3024 17<br />

HRVF3030 17<br />

HRVF3036 17<br />

HRVF3042 17<br />

HRVF3048 17<br />

HRVF3060 17<br />

HRVF3524 16<br />

HRVF3530 16<br />

HRVF3536 16<br />

HRVF3542 16<br />

HRVF3548 16<br />

HRVF3560 16<br />

HRVF4224 16<br />

HRVF4230 16<br />

HRVF4236 16<br />

HRVF4242 16<br />

HRVF4248 16<br />

HRVF4260 16<br />

HRVF5024 16<br />

HRVF5030 16<br />

HRVF5036 16<br />

HRVF5042 16<br />

HRVF5048 16<br />

HRVF5060 16<br />

HRVF6524 16<br />

HRVF6530 16<br />

HRVF6536 16<br />

HRVF6542 16<br />

HRVF6548 16<br />

HRVF6560 16<br />

HRVFSB24 17<br />

HRVFSB30 17<br />

HRVFSB36 17<br />

HRVFSB42 17<br />

HRVFSB48 17<br />

HRVFSB60 17<br />

HRVFSBW24 22<br />

HRVFSBW30 22<br />

HRVFSBW36 22<br />

HRVFSBW42 22<br />

HRVFSBW48 22<br />

HRVFSBW60 22<br />

HRVOH1530RM 86<br />

HRVOH1536RM 86<br />

HRVOH1542RM 86<br />

HRVOH1548RM 86<br />

HRVOH1560RM 86<br />

HRVOH24FM 86<br />

HRVOH30FM 86<br />

HRVOH36FM 86<br />

HRVOH42FM 86<br />

HRVOH48FM 86<br />

HRVOH60FM 86<br />

HRVOHV24HLA 87<br />

HRVOHV24HMA 87<br />

HRVOHV30HLA 87<br />

HRVOHV30HMA 87<br />

HRVOHV36HLA 87<br />

HRVOHV36HMA 87<br />

HRVOHV42HLA 87<br />

HRVOHV42HMA 87<br />

HRVOHV48HLA 87<br />

HRVOHV48HMA 87<br />

HRVOMOD 22<br />

HRVP24P 52<br />

HRVP30P 52<br />

HRVP36P 52<br />

HRVP42P 52<br />

HRVP48P 52<br />

HRVP60P 52<br />

HRVSH24 86<br />

HRVSH30 86<br />

HRVSH36 86<br />

HRVSH42 86<br />

HRVSH48 86<br />

HRVSH60 86<br />

HRVSHV24 87<br />

HRVSHV30 87<br />

HRVSHV36 87<br />

HRVSHV42 87<br />

HRVSHV48 87<br />

HRVSS24 17<br />

HRVSS30 17<br />

HRVSS36 17<br />

HRVSS42 17<br />

HRVSS48 17<br />

HRVSS60 17<br />

HRVT0724T 24, 32<br />

HRVT0730T 24, 32<br />

HRVT0736T 24, 32<br />

HRVT0742T 24, 32<br />

HRVT0748T 24, 32<br />

HRVT0760T 24, 32<br />

HRVT1524CK 41<br />

HRVT1524E 26<br />

HRVT1524G 30<br />

HRVT1524HS 28<br />

HRVT1524M 38<br />

HRVT1524PM 39<br />

HRVT1524R 31<br />

HRVT1524ST 40<br />

HRVT1524T 24<br />

HRVT1524V 36<br />

HRVT1524W 34<br />

94 Abound Pricer 9/2011


Model Page Model Page Model Page Model Page Model Page<br />

HRVT1530CK 41<br />

HRVT1530E 26<br />

HRVT1530G 30<br />

HRVT1530HS 28<br />

HRVT1530M 38<br />

HRVT1530PM 39<br />

HRVT1530R 31<br />

HRVT1530ST 40<br />

HRVT1530T 24<br />

HRVT1530V 36<br />

HRVT1530W 34<br />

HRVT1536CK 41<br />

HRVT1536E 26<br />

HRVT1536G 30<br />

HRVT1536HS 28<br />

HRVT1536M 38<br />

HRVT1536PM 39<br />

HRVT1536R 31<br />

HRVT1536ST 40<br />

HRVT1536T 24<br />

HRVT1536V 36<br />

HRVT1536W 34<br />

HRVT1542CK 41<br />

HRVT1542E 26<br />

HRVT1542G 30<br />

HRVT1542HS 28<br />

HRVT1542M 38<br />

HRVT1542PM 39<br />

HRVT1542R 31<br />

HRVT1542ST 40<br />

HRVT1542T 24<br />

HRVT1542V 36<br />

HRVT1542W 34<br />

HRVT1548CK 41<br />

HRVT1548E 26<br />

HRVT1548G 30<br />

HRVT1548HS 28<br />

HRVT1548M 38<br />

HRVT1548PM 39<br />

HRVT1548R 31<br />

HRVT1548ST 40<br />

HRVT1548T 24<br />

HRVT1548V 36<br />

HRVT1548W 34<br />

HRVT1560CK 41<br />

HRVT1560E 26<br />

HRVT1560G 30<br />

HRVT1560HS 28<br />

HRVT1560M 38<br />

HRVT1560PM 39<br />

HRVT1560R 31<br />

HRVT1560ST 40<br />

HRVT1560T 24<br />

HRVT1560V 36<br />

HRVT1560W 34<br />

HRVT3024CK 41<br />

HRVT3024E 26<br />

HRVT3024G 30<br />

HRVT3024HS 28<br />

HRVT3024M 38<br />

HRVT3024P 32<br />

HRVT3024PM 39<br />

HRVT3024R 31<br />

HRVT3024ST 40<br />

HRVT3024T 24<br />

HRVT3030CK 41<br />

HRVT3030E 26<br />

HRVT3030G 30<br />

HRVT3030HS 28<br />

HRVT3030M 38<br />

HRVT3030P 32<br />

HRVT3030PM 39<br />

HRVT3030R 31<br />

HRVT3030ST 40<br />

HRVT3030T 24<br />

HRVT3036CK 41<br />

HRVT3036E 26<br />

HRVT3036G 30<br />

HRVT3036HS 28<br />

HRVT3036M 38<br />

HRVT3036P 32<br />

HRVT3036PM 39<br />

HRVT3036R 31<br />

HRVT3036ST 40<br />

HRVT3036T 24<br />

HRVT3042CK 41<br />

HRVT3042E 26<br />

HRVT3042G 30<br />

HRVT3042HS 28<br />

HRVT3042M 38<br />

HRVT3042P 32<br />

HRVT3042PM 39<br />

HRVT3042R 31<br />

HRVT3042ST 40<br />

HRVT3042T 24<br />

HRVT3048CK 41<br />

HRVT3048E 26<br />

HRVT3048G 30<br />

HRVT3048HS 28<br />

HRVT3048M 38<br />

HRVT3048P 32<br />

HRVT3048PM 39<br />

HRVT3048R 31<br />

HRVT3048ST 40<br />

HRVT3048T 24<br />

HRVT3060CK 41<br />

HRVT3060E 26<br />

HRVT3060G 30<br />

HRVT3060HS 28<br />

HRVT3060M 38<br />

HRVT3060P 32<br />

HRVT3060PM 39<br />

HRVT3060R 31<br />

HRVT3060ST 40<br />

HRVT3060T 24<br />

HRVT3724E 26<br />

HRVT3724HS 28<br />

HRVT3724T 24<br />

HRVT3730E 26<br />

HRVT3730HS 28<br />

HRVT3730T 24<br />

HRVT3736E 26<br />

HRVT3736HS 28<br />

HRVT3736T 24<br />

HRVT3742E 26<br />

HRVT3742HS 28<br />

HRVT3742T 24<br />

HRVT3748E 26<br />

HRVT3748HS 28<br />

HRVT3748T 24<br />

HRVT3760E 26<br />

HRVT3760HS 28<br />

HRVT3760T 24<br />

HRVT4524E 27<br />

HRVT4524T 25<br />

HRVT4530E 27<br />

HRVT4530T 25<br />

HRVT4536E 27<br />

HRVT4536T 25<br />

HRVT4542E 27<br />

HRVT4542T 25<br />

HRVT4548E 27<br />

HRVT4548T 25<br />

HRVT4560E 27<br />

HRVT4560T 25<br />

HRVT6024E 27<br />

HRVT6024T 25<br />

HRVT6030E 27<br />

HRVT6030T 25<br />

HRVT6036E 27<br />

HRVT6036T 25<br />

HRVT6042E 27<br />

HRVT6042T 25<br />

HRVT6048E 27<br />

HRVT6048T 25<br />

HRVT6060E 27<br />

HRVT6060T 25<br />

HRVTRAYM 38<br />

HRVUP24 88<br />

HRVUP30 88<br />

HRVUP36 88<br />

HRVUP42 88<br />

HRVUP48 88<br />

HRVUP60 88<br />

HS2801 37<br />

HS2802 37<br />

HS2803 37<br />

HS2806 37<br />

HS2807 37<br />

HS2809 37<br />

HSTB2W1 80<br />

HWC3624(?) 66<br />

HWC3624S(?) 69<br />

HWC4224(?) 66<br />

HWC4224S(?) 69<br />

HWC4230(?) 66<br />

HWC4230S(?) 69<br />

HWC4824(?) 66<br />

HWC4824S(?) 69<br />

HWC4830(?) 66<br />

HWC4830S(?) 69<br />

HWCS3624(?) 67<br />

HWCS3624S(?) 68<br />

HWCS4224(?) 67<br />

HWCS4224S(?) 68<br />

HWCS4230(?) 67<br />

HWCS4230S(?) 68<br />

HWCS4824(?) 67<br />

HWCS4824S(?) 68<br />

HWCS4830(?) 67<br />

HWCS4830S(?) 68<br />

HWD244830(?) 62<br />

HWD244830S(?) 63<br />

HWD245430(?) 62<br />

HWD245430S(?) 63<br />

HWD246030(?) 62<br />

HWD246030S(?) 63<br />

HWD246630(?) 62<br />

HWD246630S(?) 63<br />

HWD247230(?) 62<br />

HWD247230S(?) 63<br />

HWD304824(?) 62<br />

HWD304824S(?) 63<br />

HWD305424(?) 62<br />

HWD305424S(?) 63<br />

HWD306024(?) 62<br />

HWD306024S(?) 63<br />

HWD306624(?) 62<br />

HWD306624S(?) 63<br />

HWD307224(?) 62<br />

HWD307224S(?) 63<br />

HWJ58ABL(?) 76<br />

HWJ58ABLS(?) 77<br />

HWJ58ABR(?) 76<br />

HWJ58ABRS(?) 77<br />

HWJ58BBL(?) 76<br />

HWJ58BBLS(?) 77<br />

HWJ58BBR(?) 76<br />

HWJ58BBRS(?) 77<br />

HWJ59ABL(?) 76<br />

HWJ59ABLS(?) 77<br />

HWJ59ABR(?) 76<br />

HWJ59ABRS(?) 77<br />

HWJ59BBL(?) 76<br />

HWJ59BBLS(?) 77<br />

HWJ59BBR(?) 76<br />

HWJ59BBRS(?) 77<br />

HWP2460(?) 76<br />

HWP2460S(?) 77<br />

HWP2466(?) 76<br />

HWP2466S(?) 77<br />

HWP2472(?) 76<br />

HWP2472S(?) 77<br />

HWP3060(?) 76<br />

HWP3060S(?) 77<br />

HWP3066(?) 76<br />

HWP3066S(?) 77<br />

HWP3072(?) 76<br />

HWP3072S(?) 77<br />

HWR1824(?) 56<br />

HWR1824S(?) 57<br />

HWR1830(?) 56<br />

HWR1830S(?) 57<br />

HWR1836(?) 56<br />

HWR1836S(?) 57<br />

HWR1842(?) 56<br />

HWR1842S(?) 57<br />

HWR1848(?) 56<br />

HWR1848S(?) 57<br />

HWR1854(?) 56<br />

HWR1854S(?) 57<br />

HWR1860(?) 56<br />

HWR1860S(?) 57<br />

HWR1866(?) 56<br />

HWR1866S(?) 57<br />

HWR1872(?) 56<br />

HWR1872S(?) 57<br />

HWR2424(?) 56<br />

HWR2424S(?) 57<br />

HWR2430(?) 56<br />

HWR2430S(?) 57<br />

HWR2436(?) 56<br />

HWR2436S(?) 57<br />

HWR2442(?) 56<br />

HWR2442S(?) 57<br />

HWR2448(?) 56<br />

HWR2448L(?) 58<br />

HWR2448LS(?) 59<br />

HWR2448R(?) 58<br />

HWR2448RS(?) 59<br />

HWR2448S(?) 57<br />

HWR2454(?) 56<br />

HWR2454L(?) 58<br />

HWR2454LS(?) 59<br />

HWR2454R(?) 58<br />

HWR2454RS(?) 59<br />

HWR2454S(?) 57<br />

HWR2460(?) 56<br />

HWR2460L(?) 58<br />

HWR2460LS(?) 59<br />

HWR2460R(?) 58<br />

HWR2460RS(?) 59<br />

HWR2460S(?) 57<br />

HWR2466(?) 56<br />

HWR2466L(?) 58<br />

HWR2466LS(?) 59<br />

HWR2466R(?) 58<br />

HWR2466RS(?) 59<br />

HWR2466S(?) 57<br />

HWR2472(?) 56<br />

HWR2472L(?) 58<br />

HWR2472LS(?) 59<br />

HWR2472R(?) 58<br />

HWR2472RS(?) 59<br />

HWR2472S(?) 57<br />

HWR3024(?) 56<br />

HWR3024S(?) 57<br />

HWR3030(?) 56<br />

HWR3030S(?) 57<br />

HWR3036(?) 56<br />

HWR3036S(?) 57<br />

HWR3042(?) 56<br />

HWR3042S(?) 57<br />

HWR3048(?) 56<br />

Cross Reference Index<br />

HWR3048L(?) 58<br />

HWR3048LS(?) 59<br />

HWR3048R(?) 58<br />

HWR3048RS(?) 59<br />

HWR3048S(?) 57<br />

HWR3054(?) 56<br />

HWR3054L(?) 58<br />

HWR3054LS(?) 59<br />

HWR3054R(?) 58<br />

HWR3054RS(?) 59<br />

HWR3054S(?) 57<br />

HWR3060(?) 56<br />

HWR3060L(?) 58<br />

HWR3060LS(?) 59<br />

HWR3060R(?) 58<br />

HWR3060RS(?) 59<br />

HWR3060S(?) 57<br />

HWR3066(?) 56<br />

HWR3066L(?) 58<br />

HWR3066LS(?) 59<br />

HWR3066R(?) 58<br />

HWR3066RS(?) 59<br />

HWR3066S(?) 57<br />

HWR3072(?) 56<br />

HWR3072L(?) 58<br />

HWR3072LS(?) 59<br />

HWR3072R(?) 58<br />

HWR3072RS(?) 59<br />

HWR3072S(?) 57<br />

HWS246018L(?) 60<br />

HWS246018LS(?) 61<br />

HWS246018R(?) 60<br />

HWS246018RS(?) 61<br />

HWS246618L(?) 60<br />

HWS246618LS(?) 61<br />

HWS246618R(?) 60<br />

HWS246618RS(?) 61<br />

HWS246624L(?) 60<br />

HWS246624LS(?) 61<br />

HWS246624R(?) 60<br />

HWS246624RS(?) 61<br />

HWS247218L(?) 60<br />

HWS247218LS(?) 61<br />

HWS247218R(?) 60<br />

HWS247218RS(?) 61<br />

HWS247224L(?) 60<br />

HWS247224LS(?) 61<br />

HWS247224R(?) 60<br />

HWS247224RS(?) 61<br />

HWS247230L(?) 60<br />

HWS247230LS(?) 61<br />

HWS247230R(?) 60<br />

HWS247230RS(?) 61<br />

HWS306018L(?) 60<br />

HWS306018LS(?) 61<br />

HWS306018R(?) 60<br />

HWS306018RS(?) 61<br />

HWS306618L(?) 60<br />

HWS306618LS(?) 61<br />

HWS306618R(?) 60<br />

HWS306618RS(?) 61<br />

HWS306624L(?) 60<br />

HWS306624LS(?) 61<br />

HWS306624R(?) 60<br />

HWS306624RS(?) 61<br />

HWS307218L(?) 60<br />

HWS307218LS(?) 61<br />

HWS307218R(?) 60<br />

HWS307218RS(?) 61<br />

HWS307224L(?) 60<br />

HWS307224LS(?) 61<br />

HWS307224R(?) 60<br />

HWS307224RS(?) 61<br />

HWS307230L(?) 60<br />

HWS307230LS(?) 61<br />

HWS307230R(?) 60<br />

9/2011 Abound Pricer 95


Cross Reference Index<br />

Model Page Model Page Model Page Model Page Model Page<br />

HWS307230RS(?) 61<br />

HWSA2 80<br />

HWSB2 80<br />

HWSC3624(?) 72<br />

HWSC4224(?) 72<br />

HWSC4230(?) 72<br />

HWSC4824(?) 72<br />

HWSC4830(?) 72<br />

HWV73AAL(?) 74<br />

HWV73AALS(?) 75<br />

HWV73AAR(?) 74<br />

HWV73AARS(?) 75<br />

HWV73BAL(?) 74<br />

HWV73BALS(?) 75<br />

HWV73BAR(?) 74<br />

HWV73BARS(?) 75<br />

HWV75AAL(?) 74<br />

HWV75AALS(?) 75<br />

HWV75AAR(?) 74<br />

HWV75AARS(?) 75<br />

HWV75ABL(?) 74<br />

HWV75ABLS(?) 75<br />

HWV75ABR(?) 74<br />

HWV75ABRS(?) 75<br />

HWV75BAL(?) 74<br />

HWV75BALS(?) 75<br />

HWV75BAR(?) 74<br />

HWV75BARS(?) 75<br />

HWV75BBL(?) 74<br />

HWV75BBLS(?) 75<br />

HWV75BBR(?) 74<br />

HWV75BBRS(?) 75<br />

HWV93AAL(?) 74<br />

HWV93AALS(?) 75<br />

HWV93AAR(?) 74<br />

HWV93AARS(?) 75<br />

HWV93BAL(?) 74<br />

HWV93BALS(?) 75<br />

HWV93BAR(?) 74<br />

HWV93BARS(?) 75<br />

HWV95AAL(?) 74<br />

HWV95AALS(?) 75<br />

HWV95AAR(?) 74<br />

HWV95AARS(?) 75<br />

HWV95ABL(?) 74<br />

HWV95ABLS(?) 75<br />

HWV95ABR(?) 74<br />

HWV95ABRS(?) 75<br />

HWV95BAL(?) 74<br />

HWV95BALS(?) 75<br />

HWV95BAR(?) 74<br />

HWV95BARS(?) 75<br />

HWV95BBL(?) 74<br />

HWV95BBLS(?) 75<br />

HWV95BBR(?) 74<br />

HWV95BBRS(?) 75<br />

HWW30AB(?) 64<br />

HWW30ABS(?) 65<br />

HWW30BA(?) 64<br />

HWW30BAS(?) 65<br />

HWW36AB(?) 64<br />

HWW36ABS(?) 65<br />

HWW36BA(?) 64<br />

HWW36BAS(?) 65<br />

HWW42AB(?) 64<br />

HWW42ABS(?) 65<br />

HWW42BA(?) 64<br />

HWW42BAS(?) 65<br />

HWW48AB(?) 64<br />

HWW48ABS(?) 65<br />

HWW48BA(?) 64<br />

HWW48BAS(?) 65<br />

HWW54AB(?) 64<br />

HWW54ABS(?) 65<br />

HWW54BA(?) 64<br />

HWW54BAS(?) 65<br />

HWW60AB(?) 64<br />

HWW60ABS(?) 65<br />

HWW60BA(?) 64<br />

HWW60BAS(?) 65<br />

HWW66AB(?) 64<br />

HWW66ABS(?) 65<br />

HWW66BA(?) 64<br />

HWW66BAS(?) 65<br />

HWW72AB(?) 64<br />

HWW72ABS(?) 65<br />

HWW72BA(?) 64<br />

HWW72BAS(?) 65<br />

HZB2401 80<br />

HZB2403 80<br />

96 Abound Pricer 9/2011

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!